Ce Exit Ot Compilation 2

I.
STRUCTURAL
1. For a force system to be in static equilibrium, the algebraic summation of forces is:
a. 100 % b. minimum c. maximum d. zero
2. The maximum moment of a simply supported beam whose span length is L, in meter, carrying a
uniformly distributed load of w in N/m, is:
a. wL2/2 b. wL2/4 c. wL2/8 d. wL2/10
3. Loads that are movable or replaceable on structure are known as:

a. Dead Load b. Live Load c. Seismic Load d. Envtl Load
4. A large beam supporting a smaller beam is called:

a. Joist b. Girder c. Purlin d. Lintel Beam
5. The modulus of elasticity of structural steel is:

a. 100 GPa b. 200 GPa c. 200 MPa d. 450 GPa
6. What is the force developed in a 50mm x 50mm bar subjected to an axial tensile force of 100N?
a. 100N b. zero c. 0.04 MPa d. 200N
7. It is one in which the lateral stiffness is less than 70% of the stiffness of the story above it.
a. Soft story b. Weak story c. Story drift d. Ordinary moment resisting system
8. A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting
elements. It includes horizontal bracing system.
a. Shear wall chord b. Boundary elements c. Diaphragm d. Dual system
9. These are inert material used in concrete which occupy more than 75% of the volume of the
hardened concrete product.
a. Sand b. Gravel c. Debris d. Aggregates
10. A cantilevered beam, 5m long is loaded with 10KN concentrated load at the free end. What is the
maximum moment developed at the fixed end?
a. 10KN b. 50KN c. 50KNm d. 5KNm
11. Steel elements such as wire, cables, bars, rods or strands of wires or a bundle of such elements
used in pre-stressed concrete structures are called:
a. Hangers b. Stirrups c. Bundled bars d. Tendons
12. What method of pre-stressing in which tendons are tensioned before concrete is cast in place?
a. Pre-tensioning b. Pre-poisoning c. Pre-casting d. Pre-stressing
13. Two forces equal in magnitude but oppositely directed and produce moment, is called:
a. Torque b. Moment c. Couple d. Coupling
14. This refers to the substance other than aggregate, cement or water added in small quantity
normally less than 5% of the weight cement, to alter the properties of the concrete mix or the
hardened solid.
a. Grout b. Inert Materials c. steel bars d. Admixture
15. What do you call the distance between supports?

a. Span b. Moment arm c. Bay length d. Center-center distance
II. NSCP
1. The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ǿ through 25mm Ǿ bars
a. 12db b. 6db c. 10db d. 8db
2. Bars larger than ____mm shall not be bundles in beams.

a. 25mm b. 16mm c. 28mm d. 36mm
3. Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth

a. 50mm b. 75mm c. 100mm d. 150mm
4. In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ǿ for shear and torsion
a. 0.70 b. 0.75 c. 0.85 d. 0.90
5. The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is
a. L/20 b. L/24 c. L/10 d. L/28
6. Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than
a. 0.40 b. 0.60 c. 0.70 d. 0.75 e. None of the above
7. Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify in writing
the owner of the adjoining building not less than _____ days before such excavation is to be made.
a. 10days b. 15days c. 30days d. 45days
8. The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line
a. 0.60m b. 0.80m c. 1.50m d. 2.0m
9. When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall completely embedded
in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least ____mm on the bottom.
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 200mm d. 250mm
10. The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation
wall in zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines.
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 16mm d. 20mm
11. The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to center.
a. 75mm b. 100mm c. 125mm d. 150mm
12. Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy?

a. special occupancy structures b. essential facilities
c. hazardous facilities d. standard occupancy
13. The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only.
a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
14. The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load only.
a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
15. Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _____ times the least width b of
compression flange or face.
a. 30 b. 40 c. 50 d. 60
III. MISCELLANEOUS
1. It is an isolated column of masonry or a bearing wall not bonded at the sides into associated
masonry, when its horizontal dimension measured the right angles or the thickness does not
exceed four times its thickness.
a. pedestal
b. pier
c. slender column
d. wall
2. Method of pre-stressing in which tendons are tensioned after concrete has hardened.
a. pre-stressing
b. pre-tensioning
c. post-tensioning
d. pre-casting
3. A material, other than aggregate, cementitious material or water, added in small quantities to
the mix in order to produce some (desired) modifications, either to the properties of the mix or
of the hardened product.
a. admixture
b. accelerator
c. hydraulic cement
d. air-entraining agent
4. A simply supported beam, L meters long, carrying a uniformly distributed load of w in N/m,
produces a maximum shear force of:
a. wL/2
b. wL2/4
c. 1/2wL2
d. 1/8wL2
5. Structures that are subjected to transverse loads are called:

a. tie rods
b. piles
c. columns
d. beams
6. It states that Stress is proportional to Strain.

a. Pascal’s Law
b. Law of Gravity
c. Hooke’s Law
d. Varignon’s Theorem
7. Members that are generally vertical, subjected to compressive loads, sometimes with bending
moments, are called:
a. trusses
b. columns
c. towers
d. beams
8. These are referred to permanent loads or unmovable loads.

a. Dead Loads
b. Seismic loads
c. Live loads
d. Environmental Loads
9. A force system to be in static equilibrium, the algebraic sum of the forces along any direction:
a. 100%
b. Zero
c. Minimum
d. Maximum
10. The normal force exerted by a smooth horizontal surface towards a 100-lb block acting on it is:
a. 100N
b. 100%
c. Zero
d. 100 lbs
11. It is a twisting force that rotates or tends to rotate a shaft.

a. stress
b. dead load
c. elasticity
d. torque
12. Loads that change position within the span of a beam in short amount of time. These loads are
often exemplified by wheel loads.
a. Dead loads
b. Snow loads
c. Varying loads
d. Moving Loads
13. It is synonym to bending stress.
a. normal stress
b. tangential stress
c. flexural stress
d. torsional stress
14. These are used to connect shafts.

a. welds
b. splices
c. steel bolts
d. flanged bolt couplings
15. Adherence between materials such as bricks/mortar, or piles of felt, of between felts and other
elements of roof systems, which use bitumen or other materials as the cementing agent.
a. Bond
b. Shear
c. Bend
d. Epoxy
16. A mixture of aggregate, cement and water, with or without admixtures is called:
a. concrete
b. reinforced concrete
c. pre-cast concrete
d. concrete block
17. A wall that resists horizontal forces applied in the plane of the wall.
a. Bearing wall
b. Shear wall
c. dike
d. dam
18. If the ratio of the short direction to the long direction of a slab is less than 0.5, then the slab is
considered:
a. two-way slab
b. flat slab
c. ground slab
d. one-way slab
19. In ultimate strength design, the reduction factor Ǿ for bending is:
a. 0.6
b. 0.7
c. 0.8
d. 0.9
20. The actual strain by which a concrete fails is 0.004. For safety purposes, the ACI code allows
designers to use:
a. 0.001
b. 0.002
c. 0.003
d. 0.004
21. The minimum clear cover allowed by the code for slabs, not exposed to weather is:
a. 20mm
b. 30mm
c. 40mm
d. 75mm
22. A number 8(#8 steel reinforcing bar) has a diameter of:

a. 16mm
b. 20mm
c. 25mm
d. 28mm
23. What do you call those structures that are necessary for emergency operations subsequent to a
natural disaster?
a. essential facilities
b. hazardous facilities
c. special occupancy structures
d. standard occupancy structures
24. It is one in which the lateral stiffness is less than 70% of the stiffness of the story above or less
than 80% of the average stiffness of the three stories above.
a. weak story
b. soft story
c. story drift
d. multi-story
25. A structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame.

a. shear wall system
b. bearing wall system
c. bracing system
d. frame
26. The minimum size of fillet weld is:

a. 3mm
b. 5mm
c. 6mm
d. 12mm
27. A cantilever beam whose length is 4 m, loaded with a concentrated load 20 KN at the free end,
produces a maximum bending moment of:
a. 20 KNm
b. 40 KNm
c. 60 KNm
d. 80 KNm
28. Two forces equal in magnitude and oppositely directed is called:

a. couple
b. reaction
c. equilibrant
d. moment
29. The minimum reinforcing steel for Spiral Columns allowed by the ACI Code is:
a. 4-16mm-diameter bars
b. 6-16mm-diameter bars
c. 6-25mm-diameter bars
d. 4-25mm-diameter bars
30. It is a point in a beam or column where there is no moment developed.

a. midspan
b. d-distance from support
c. point of zero shear
d. point of inflection
31. The ACI Code states that “bars larger than #11 should not be bundled in beams or girders”.
This means that one should not bundle the steel bars if the diameter is larger than:
a. 36mm c. 32mm
b. 34mm d. None of the Above
32. The steel ratio, ρ for spiral columns ranges from

a. 0.10-0.80
b. 0.01-0.08
c. 0.001-0.008
d. 0.0001-0.0008
33. The temperature bars are 10-mm diameter steel bars placed on top and perpendicular to the
main reinforcement of:
a. beams
b. spread footings
c. two-way slabs
d. one-way slabs
34. Which is the correct factored load for Strength Design Method?
a. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL + 1.4 EL
b. 1.7 DL + 1.4 LL + 1.7 EL
c. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL
d. 1.4 DL + 1.7 EL
35. It is defined as the unit strength of a material

a. Rigidity
b. Hardness
c. Stress
d. Stiffness
36. The stress developed when the applied load causes adjacent sections within a body to slide past
each other.
a. axial stress
b. bearing stress
c. shearing stress
d. flexural stress
37. It is the contact pressure developed between two bodies.

a. bearing stress
b. thermal stress
c. allowable stress
d. strain
38. The stress induced as a result of restrained deformations due to changes in temperature.
a. rupture stress
b. thermal stress
c. yield stress
d. creep
39. The actual stress in a material under a given loading.

a. axial stress
b. bending stress
c. allowable stress
d. working stress
40. It is the maximum safe stress that a material can withstand.

a. ultimate stress c. rupture stress
b. allowable stress d. strain
Multiple Choice (Encircle the letter that corresponds to the best answer).
A wall which support vertical roads in addition to it's weight without the benefit of a complete vertical load
carrying space frame is called:
a.) retaining wall c.)Shearing wall
b.) Curtain wall d.) Bearing wall
2. The point in the moment diagram at which the curvature reverses as it changes from concave to
convex is called:
a.) Point of deflection c.) Point of inflection
b.) Moment of Inertia d.)Magnitude
3. For beam with a slab on one of side only, the effective overhanging flange width shall not exceed:
a.) one-twelfth the span length the beam.
b.) Six-times the slab thickness, one-half the clear distance to the next web.
c.) one-half the clear distance to the next web
d.) any of the above
4. Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done

a.) Bent chamber c.) Caisson
b.) Submersible air chamber d.) None of these
5. The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer shall be db but not less than:
a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 40 mm d.) 50 mm
6. Where parallel reinforcement is placed in two or more layers, bars in the upper layers shall be
placed directly above bars in the bottom layer with clear distance between layers not less than:
a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 30 mm d.) 40 mm
7. Which statement is false?

a.) Development length of main reinforcement is always a function of the reinforcement diameter.
b.) Transverse reinforcement provides additional flexural support.
c.) Spiral hoops have stronger confining effect than ties.
d.) None of the above
8. A point in each normal section of a member through which the axis passes and about
which the section twists
a.) centroid c.) center of gravity
b.) shear center d.) none of the above
9. When the beam is loaded, the new position of its longitudinal centroid axis is called:
a.) Deflected Shape c.) Elastic curve
b.) Parabolic Curve d.) Inelastic Curve
10. What is a round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel
columns or beams, casting, shoes, beam plates and engine heads?
a.) Retaining bolt c.) Anchor bolts
b.) Foundation bolts d.) Friction bolts
11. Aggregates should conform to PNS or ASTM standards and must be well graded. Easy workability
and method of consolidated are such that the can be poured without honeycomb or voids. what is the
nominal maximum size of a course aggregate when working spaces between reinforcements for proper
bonding?
a.) Course aggregates shall be no large than 1/2 the minimum clear spacing between individual
reinforcing bars or wires. bundles or bars. or prestressing tendons or ducts.
b.) Course aggregates shall be no large than 1/2 the minimum clear spacing between individual
reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of bars, or prestressing tendons or ducts.
c.) Course aggregates shall be no larger than 7/8 the minimum clear spacing between individual
reinforcing bars or wires. Bundles of bars. Or prestressing tendons or ducts.
d.) Course aggregates shall be no larger than 3/4 the minimum clear spacing between individual
12. In any one bundle, groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contract to act as a unit shall be
limited to a maximum of
a.) three c.) five
b.) four d.) six
13. The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix is:
a.) Cement b.) Sand c.) Gravel d.) Lime
14. The greatest stretching stress a structural member can bear without cracking or breaking
a.) Tension limit
b.) T tensile stress
c.) Elasticity limit
d.) None of these
15. Slab thickness for joist construction shall not be less than one-twelfth the clear distance ribs nor
less than
a.) 50mm b.) 75mm c.) 100mm d.) 125mm
16. In T-beam construction, the flange and web being built integrally, the width of the slab effective as
T-beam flange shall not exceed one quarter of the span length of the beam and the effective overhanging
flange width on each side of the web shall not exceed:
a.) eight times the slab thickness
b.) one-half the clear distance to the next web
c.) smaller of the above
d.) 500mm
17. The steel materials are to be butt joined using a fillet weld. The thicker material is 8.5mm.What is the
minimum size of the fillet weld?
a.) 3.0mm c.) 7.5mm
b.) 6.0mm d.) 5.0mm
18. Depth of footing above bottom reinforcement shall not be less than 150mm for footing on soil nor less
than _________ for footing on files
a.) 200mm b.) 250mm c.) 300mm d.) 400mm
19. Maximum usable strain at extreme concrete compression fiber shall be assumed to be equal to
a.) 0.0001 b.) 0.003 c.) 0.002 d.) 0.004
20. In joist construction consisting of monolithic combination of regularly spaced ribs and a top slab, the
ribs shall not less be less than 100mm in width and shall have a depth of not more than _________times
the minimum width of rib
a.)2 b.) 2 1/2 c.) 3 d.)3 ½
21. In spirally reinforced or tied reinforcement compression members, clear distance between longitudinal
(vertical) bars shall not less than 40mm nor
a.) 1.5 db b.) 2.0 db c.) 5.0db d.)1.0db
22. In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall be
spaced not farther apart than three times the wall or slab thickness nor
a.) 300mm b.) 400mm c.) 450mm d.) 550mm
23. It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall
a.) bearing wall b.) curtain wall c.) grade wall d.) shear wall
24. The section at which the moment changes from positive to negative is called
a.) neutral axis c.) point of shear
b.) inflection point d.) maximum moment
25. Which of the following criterion precludes good condition practice for conduits and pipes embedded in
concrete?
a.) Conduits and pipes embedded in slab, wall or beam shall not be larger in outside dimension than 1/3
the overall thickness of slab, wall or beam in which they are embedded
b.)Reinforcement with an area not less than 0.002 times area of cross-section shall be provided normal to
Piping
c.)Conduits and pipes with their fittings, embedded within the column shall not displace more than 5% of
the area of cross-section on which strength is calculated
d.)Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fitting shall not be less than 40mm for concrete exposed to
each of the weather.
26. A 1000mmx25mm nominal diameter deformed steel bar is subjected to test. The following results
were obtained: actual length is 999 mm: actual diameter-23.5mm :actual weight is 3.90 kg: Yield
force=22099.14kg: yield stress = 45.02kg/sqmm: ultimate force = 31425.74kg :ultimate stress = 64.02
kg/sq mm: actual strain =127 %.Judge the quality of the steel bar as per PS standard 681-04.02:1975
a.) Nominal diameter of steel bar .23.5 mm is less than the required diameter of 25 mm, thus of poor
quality
b.) The steel bar is an intermediate steel bar.
c.) Steel bar results is less than the minimum standard of PS grade 410 thus maybe categorized only as
PS grade 275
d.) Steel bar is PS grade 410 and posses the minimum standard for PS grade 410 thus the good quality
27. Which of the following criterion is NOT applicable for plug and slots weld?
a.) The thickness of plug/slot welds in material 16 mm or less in thickness shall be equal to the thickness
of the material
b.) The minimum center to center spacing in a longitudinal direction on any line shall be 2 times the
length of the slot
c.) The thickness of plug or slot welds in material over 16mm in thickness shall be at least 1/2 the
thickness of material but not less than 16mm
d.) The width of the slot shall not be less than the thickness of the part containing it plus 8 mm nor shall it
be greater than 2 1/2 times the thickness of the weld
28. Which of the following criteria for bundled bars do not apply?
a.) Bars larger than 32 mm shall not be bundled in beams
b.) Bundled bars shall be enclosed within stirrups or ties
c.) Group of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as a unit shall be limited to four in any one
bundled.
d,) Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at
different points with at least 40db staggered
29. A structural member spanning from truss or supporting rafters:

a.) Floor Joist b.) Purl in c.) Girt d.)Girder
30. A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel, or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear
the weight of the walls above the opening
a.)Lintel b.) Transom beam c.) Transverse rafter d.)None of these
31.A wall that holds back on earth embankment

a.) Shoring wall c.) Buttress wall
b.) Retaining wall d.) Foundation wall
32. Using the data given below, determine the ultimate moment capacity of the given beam as a singly
reinforced elements.(See Figure 1)
Given: fc* = 21 MPa
fv = 275 MPa clear concrete cover =40 mm
a.) 167.60 kn-m b.) 147.9 kn-m c.) 187.4 kn –m d.) 227.9 kn-m
33. The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete.
a.) Stripping b.) Clearing
c.) Deforming works d.) None of these
34. The ultimate strength of the material divided by the allowable working load.
a.) Maximum strength c.) Safety factor
b.) Strength limit d.) None of these
35. A kind of roof that has four sloping sides

a.) Gable roof b.) Mansard roof c.) Hip roof d.) Lean
36. Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion.

a.) rip-rap c.) embankment
b.) flag stoone d.) border stone
37. A standard hook may consist of a 180 deg.bend plus a 4 db extension (at the free end)not less than
a.) 55 mm b.) 60 mm c.) 75 mm d.)85 mm
38. A standard 90 degree hook consist of a bend plus an extension of
a.) 8 db b.) 10 db c.) 12 d b d.) 16 db
39. Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of

a.) 20 mm b.) 40 mm
c.) 15 mm d.) 30 mm
40. An expansion joint adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them is
called:
a.) Contraction joint c.)Construction joint
b.)Truss joint d.) Conduction joint
41. To find the volume of water in a cylinder tank, multiply the area of its base by its
a.) Diameter c.) Height
b.) Radius d.) none of these
42. It refers to occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all is
called:
a.) Live load
b.) Dead load
c.) Concentrated load
d.) Distributed load
43. What is the method of analyzing indeterminate modular building frames by assuming hinges at the
center of the beam spans and column height?
a.)Cantilever method b.) Moment distribution method
c.) Free body diagram method d.)Portal method
44. The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting is called:

a.) Strength b.) Strain
c.) Stress d.) Deflection
45. The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system is called:
a.) Rafter b.)Girder c.) Purl in d.) Girt
46. How is camber treated in a steel truss 25 meters longer?

a.) Camber shall be approximately equal to 1% of the span
b.) Camber shall be approximately equal to the dead load deflection
c.) Camber shall be approximately equal to 0.8 % of the span plus 1/3 the dead load deflection
d.) Camber shall be approximately equal to 0.5 % of the span plus 1/2 the live load deflection
47. What is the design analysis requirement, considered as a basis for the structural design of buildings
and structure, where the total lateral forces are distribute to various vertical elements of the lateral force-
resisting system in proportion to their rigidities considering the rigidity of the horizontal bracing system or
diaphragm?
a.) Shear and moment diagram c.)Stability against overturning
b.) Distribution of horizontal shear d.) horizontal torsional moments
48. Bundled bars shall be enclosed within stirrups or this but bars larger than the size below shall not be
bundled in beams
a.) 40 mm b.) 36 mm c.) 32 mm d.) 28 mm
49. Splices in spiral reinforcement shall be lap splices of 48db but not less than
a.) 300 mm b.)400 mm c.) 500 mm d.) 600 mm
50. Again, for joist construction, the clear spacing between ribs shall not exceed
a.) 250mm b.) 50mm
c.)750mm d.)1000mm
51. The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces is
a.) Axial stress c.) allowable stress
b.) Bond stress d.) flexural stress

a.) Gable roof b.) Mansard roof c.) hip roof d.)Lean
53. The stress per unit area of the original cross section of a material which resists its elongation is
a.) allowable stress c.)Flexural stress
b.) Tensile stress d.)Bending stress
54. A beam that projects beyond one or both its supports is called:
a.) Overhanging beam
b.) Continuous beam
c.) Intermediate beam
d.) Cantilevered beam
55. A simple beam has a span of 6 m with two concentrated load of 20kN each placed at the third points
of the span. If the extreme fiber stress is 10MPa, determined the required section modulus
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.) 6000000 mm3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.) 1000000 mm3
56. Walls that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
a.) Load bearing wall c.) Shoring wall
b.) Curtain wall d.) None of these
57. In formula e=PL/AE,E stands for

a.)Total deformation c.) Equal forces
b.) Elongation d.) Modulus elasticity
58. A bended rust to resists shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete beam is called:
a.) Bottom bar c.) Metal plate
b.) Stirrups d.) Temperature bar
59. Ratio of unit strain is:

a,) Ration and proportion b.) Moment of inertia
c.) Modulus of elasticity d.)Slenderness Ratio
60. The stress per square unit area of the original cross section of a material which resists its elongation
is
a.) allowable stress c.) Flexural stress
b.) Tensile stress d.) Bending stress
61. A beam that project beyond one or both its support is called:
b.) Continous beam
c.) Intermidiate beam
d.) Cantievered beam
62. A simple beam ha a spam of 6 m with two concentrated loads of 20 kN,each placed at the third points
of the span.If extreme fiber stress is 10MPa,determine the required section modulus.
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.)6000000 mm 3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.)1000000 mm3
63.Walls that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
a.) Load bearing walls c.) Shoring walls
64. Any material change in shape when subjected to the action of a force is called:
a.) Reflection b.) Deflection c.) Deformation d.) Acceleration
65. Which is not among the following arrangement, a seismic requirement for transverse reinforcement?
a.)Maximum spacing of hoops shall not exceed 24 times the diameter of the hoop bars
b.) Maximum spacing of hoops shall not be eight times the diameter of the smallest longitudinal bars
c.)Maximum spacing of hoops shall not be more than d/4
d.)The first hoop shall be located not more than 75 mm from the face of the supporting member
66. How is 90-degree bend standard hook for concrete reinforcement constructed?
a.) 90 degree bend plus 10 db extension, at free end of the bar
b.) 90 degree bend plus 12 db extension, at free end of the bar
c.) 90 degree bend plus 6 db extension, at free end of the bar
d.) 90 degree bend plus 4 db extension, at free end of the bar
67.As tie reinforcement for compressions, all non pre stressed bar shall be enclosed by lateral ties, at least
10 mm in size for longitudinal bars
a.) 12 mm b.) 15 mm
c.)20 mm d.) 22 mm
68. As a seismic requirement for flexural members where hoops are required. How are the remaining
portions of a beam treated with transverse reinforcement other than those required with hoops?
a.) Where hoops are not required, stirrups shall be spaced at no more than d/2 throughout the length of
the member
b.) Where hoops are not required, crossties shall be spaced at no more than d/3 throughout the length of
the member.
c.)Where hoops are not required, hoops shall continue except that spacing shall not be more than d/2
d.) Where hoops are not required, closed stirrups shall be spaced at no more than d/4 throughout the
length of the member
69. What is a concrete beam placed directly on the ground to provide foundation for the superstructure?
a.) Strap beam b.) Gerber beam
c.) Grade beam d.) Tie beam
70. A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called:

a.) Flat slab b.) 2-way slab c.) one-way slab d.) Ribbed floor
71.If the depth of a web exceeds 900 mm longitudinal skin reinforcement shall be uniformly distributed
along both sides faces of the members for the distance d/2 nearest the flexural tension reinforcement.
The total area of the longitudinal skin reinforcement in both faces need not exceed _________of the
required flexural tension reinforcement
a.) one-fourth b.) one-third c.) one-half d.) two-thirds
72. For normal weight of concrete, the modulus of elasticity of concrete Ec may be taken as
a.)1700 f'c b.)2700 f'c
c.) 3700 fc d.) 4700 f'c
73. One-way concrete slab are used when:

a.) The slab is being supported by two parallel beams
b.) The slab has no cantilevered portion
c.) The concrete slab is sloping to the all side
d.) The concrete slab is sloping on the near bottom side
74. The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an advancement part is called:
a.) Shear b.)Moment c.)Force d.) Strength
75. The standard hooks for the stirrups and ties shall mean
a.) a 90 degree bend plus 6 db extension at the free end of a bar,for 16mm bar and smaller
b.)a 90 degree bend plus 12 db extension at th free end of a bar,for 20mm and 25mm bar
c.)a 135 degree bend plus 6 d b extension at the free end of a bar plus 25mm and smaller
d.) none of the above
76. Inside diameter of a bend for stirrups and ties for 16mm bar and smaller shall not be less than
a.) 4 db b.) 6 db c.) 8 db d.) 10db
77. A composite member with laterally tied concrete around a steel core (of design yield strength not to
exceed 350 MPa) shall have vertical spacing of lateral ties shall not exceed
a.) 16 longitudinal bar diameter or 48 tie diameter
b.) 1/2 times the least side diameter of the composite member
c.) any of the above
78. In column ,the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration is called:
a.)Moment of inertia b.) Development leght
c.) Slenderness ratio d.) Ratio and proportion
79. A joint where two successive placement of concrete meet is called:

a.) Truss joint c.) Construction joint
b.) Contraction joint d.) Expansion joint
80. A quantity which measure the resistance of the mass to being revolved about line is called:
a.) Tension b.) Torsion c.)Variation d.) Deflection
81. It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress:

a.) strain b.) strength c.) slenderness d.) stress
82. For offset bent longitudinal bars, the horizontal support at offset bend shall be provided by lateral ties,
spiral or parts of the floor constructions. Horizontal support provided shall be design ed to resist 1-1/2
times the horizontal component of the computed force in the inclined portion of on offset bar. Lateral ties
or spiral shall be placed not more than____________ from points of bend.
a.)100mm b.) 150mm c.) 200mm d.) 250mm
83. The minimum thickness of non-prestressed beams of span L whose supports are simply supported is
a.) L/16 b.) L/18.50 c.) L/21 d.) L/8
84. The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without a permanent deformation
remaining upon the complete release of stress is called
a.) Allowable stress c.) Bending stress
b.) moment of inertia d.) Proportional limit
85. The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through is called:
a.)Flexural stress
b.) Punching moment
c.) Punching shear
d.) Single shears
I. STRUCTURAL
a. wL2/2 b. wL2/4 c. wL2/8 d. wL2/10



a. 100N b. zero c. 0.04 MPa d. 200N
hardened solid.

II. NSCP

a. 25mm b. 16mm c. 28mm d. 36mm

a. 50mm b. 75mm c. 100mm d. 150mm
a. 0.70 b. 0.75 c. 0.85 d. 0.90
a. L/20 b. L/24 c. L/10 d. L/28
a. 0.60m b. 0.80m c. 1.50m d. 2.0m
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 200mm d. 250mm
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 16mm d. 20mm
a. 75mm b. 100mm c. 125mm d. 150mm

a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
a. 30 b. 40 c. 50 d. 60
III. MISCELLANEOUS
a. pedestal
b. pier
c. slender column
d. wall
a. pre-stressing
b. pre-tensioning
c. post-tensioning
d. pre-casting
a. admixture
b. accelerator
c. hydraulic cement
a. wL/2
b. wL2/4
c. 1/2wL2
d. 1/8wL2

a. tie rods
b. piles
c. columns
d. beams

a. Pascal’s Law
b. Law of Gravity
c. Hooke’s Law
a. trusses
b. columns
c. towers
d. beams

a. Dead Loads
b. Seismic loads
c. Live loads
a. 100%
b. Zero
c. Minimum
d. Maximum
a. 100N
b. 100%
c. Zero
d. 100 lbs

a. stress
b. dead load
c. elasticity
d. torque
a. Dead loads
b. Snow loads
c. Varying loads
d. Moving Loads
a. normal stress
c. flexural stress
d. torsional stress

a. welds
b. splices
c. steel bolts
a. Bond
b. Shear
c. Bend
d. Epoxy
a. concrete
d. concrete block
a. Bearing wall
b. Shear wall
c. dike
d. dam
considered:
a. two-way slab
b. flat slab
c. ground slab
d. one-way slab
a. 0.6
b. 0.7
c. 0.8
d. 0.9
designers to use:
a. 0.001
b. 0.002
c. 0.003
d. 0.004
a. 20mm
b. 30mm
c. 40mm
d. 75mm

a. 16mm
b. 20mm
c. 25mm
d. 28mm
natural disaster?
a. weak story
b. soft story
c. story drift
d. multi-story

c. bracing system
d. frame

a. 3mm
b. 5mm
c. 6mm
d. 12mm
a. 20 KNm
b. 40 KNm
c. 60 KNm
d. 80 KNm

a. couple
b. reaction
c. equilibrant
d. moment

a. midspan
a. 36mm c. 32mm

a. 0.10-0.80
b. 0.01-0.08
c. 0.001-0.008
d. 0.0001-0.0008
a. beams
b. spread footings
c. two-way slabs
d. one-way slabs
a. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL + 1.4 EL
b. 1.7 DL + 1.4 LL + 1.7 EL
c. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL
d. 1.4 DL + 1.7 EL

a. Rigidity
b. Hardness
c. Stress
d. Stiffness
each other.
a. axial stress
b. bearing stress
c. shearing stress
d. flexural stress

a. bearing stress
b. thermal stress
c. allowable stress
d. strain
a. rupture stress
b. thermal stress
c. yield stress
d. creep

a. axial stress
b. bending stress
c. allowable stress
d. working stress

convex is called:

a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 40 mm d.) 50 mm
a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 30 mm d.) 40 mm

bonding?
a.) three c.) five
b.) four d.) six
a.) Tension limit
d.) None of these
less than
a.) 50mm b.) 75mm c.) 100mm d.) 125mm
d.) 500mm
a.) 3.0mm c.) 7.5mm
b.) 6.0mm d.) 5.0mm
a.) 200mm b.) 250mm c.) 300mm d.) 400mm
a.) 0.0001 b.) 0.003 c.) 0.002 d.) 0.004
a.)2 b.) 2 1/2 c.) 3 d.)3 ½
a.) 1.5 db b.) 2.0 db c.) 5.0db d.)1.0db
a.) 300mm b.) 400mm c.) 450mm d.) 550mm
concrete?
Piping
quality
PS grade 275
of the material
length of the slot
bundled.


Given: fc* = 21 MPa


a.) 55 mm b.) 60 mm c.) 75 mm d.)85 mm
a.) 8 db b.) 10 db c.) 12 d b d.) 16 db

a.) 20 mm b.) 40 mm
c.) 15 mm d.) 30 mm
called:
called:
a.) Live load
b.) Dead load


diaphragm?
bundled in beams
a.) 40 mm b.) 36 mm c.) 32 mm d.) 28 mm
a.) 300 mm b.)400 mm c.) 500 mm d.) 600 mm
a.) 250mm b.) 50mm
c.)750mm d.)1000mm

b.) Continuous beam
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.) 6000000 mm3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.) 1000000 mm3


is
b.) Continous beam
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.)6000000 mm 3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.)1000000 mm3
a.) 12 mm b.) 15 mm
c.)20 mm d.) 22 mm
the member
the member.

a.)1700 f'c b.)2700 f'c
c.) 3700 fc d.) 4700 f'c

a.) 4 db b.) 6 db c.) 8 db d.) 10db


a.)100mm b.) 150mm c.) 200mm d.) 250mm
a.) L/16 b.) L/18.50 c.) L/21 d.) L/8
a.)Flexural stress
b.) Punching moment
c.) Punching shear
d.) Single shears
AR – BOARD EXAM REVIEW - STRUCTURAL
Steel Design
by: Eng’r. Edgar Cruz, MSCE
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
DIRECTION: Choose the correct answer from the given choices. Write the letter of the correct
answer in the space provided before each number. GOOD LUCK!
_____1. In structural steel design, structures carrying liveload which induce impact, the assumed liveload
shall be increased sufficiently to provide for it. If not otherwise specified, the increase for supports of
elevators shall be:
a. 50% b. 100% c. 150% d. 200 %
_____2. Based on the AISC, what is the maximum slenderness ratio kL/r for tension members?
a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300
_____3. The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed:

a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300
_____4. A wide flange section is used as a beam to carry a total shear of 900KN. If the depth of the wide
flange section is 600mm, determine the required web thickness. Fy= 250Mpa.
a. 20mm b. 25mm c. 15mm d. 10mm
_____5. The point on the cross section of a member where a transverse load must pass to minimize
twisting
a. centroid b. shear center c. torsional center d. center of mass
_____6. The maximum size of fillet weld that may be used along edges of materials less than 6mm thick:
a. Not greater than thickness of material
b. Not greater than thickness of material less 1.6mm
c. 8mm
d. 6mm
_____7. The maximum size of fillet weld that may be used along edges of materials 6mm or more in
thickness:
c. 8mm
d. 6mm
_____8. It is the sidewise bending or displacement accompanied by twisting about minor or weaker axis
usually at the compression section.
a. crippling b. buckling c. torsion d. sagging
_____9. Riveted and bolted splice and gusset plates and other connection fittings subject to tensile force
shall be design in accordance with AISC requirements where the effective net area shall be taken as the
actual net area except that, for the purpose of design calculations, it shall not be taken as greater than __.
a. 85% of gross area b. 90% of gross area c. 70% of gross area d. 75% of gross area
_____10. Roof liveloads shall be assumed to act:

a. vertically upon the area projected on the horizontal
b. vertically upon the surface area of the roof
c. normal to the surface area of the roof
d. all of the above
_____11. The Euler Column Formula for finding the critical load on a long column is P cr=2EI/L2 where L is
the effective length of the column. For a column hinged at the top, fixed at the bottom and 20 inches high,
the critical load is equal to:
a. Pcr=2EI/100 b. Pcr=2EI/196 c. Pcr=2EI/400 d. Pcr=2EI/1600
_____12. The shear strength of a steel I-beam is dependent on the

a. thickness of flange b. width of flange c. thickness of web d. area of web
_____13. The allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area is:
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy d. 0.50Fu
Steel Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
_____14. The allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of effective net area is:
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy d. 0.50Fu
_____15. It is an imaginary distance from the centroidal axis at which the entire area can be assumed to
exist without affecting the moment of inertia.
a. centroid distance b. moment of inertia c. radius of gyration d. eccentricity
_____16. A Wide-Flange Section W21x83 weighs ____ kg/m.

a. 123 b. 196 c. 300 d. 92
_____17. A Wide-Flange Section W21x83 has an overall depth of approximately___millimeters.

a. 450 b. 530 c. 600 d. 720
_____18. In computing net area, the width of a rivet or bolt hole shall be taken as ___mm greater than the
nominal dimension of the hole normal to the direction of applied stress.
a. 2.0 b. 1.2 c. 0.85 d. 1.6
_____19. It is the ability of a material like steel to undergo large inelastic deformation without failure.
a. elasticity b. ductility c. ductility d. strength
_____20. For relatively short fittings such as splice or gusset plates used as statically loaded connecting
elements, the net area An shall not exceed ___% of the gross area Ag.
a. 85 b. 65 c. 50 d. 75
_____21. Modulus of Elasticity of structural steel in MPa.

a. 100000 b. 200000 c. 300000 d. 400000
_____22. It is also known as the second moment of area.

_____23. Steel is an alloy comprising of two elements. They are __ and __.
a. carbon & copper b. copper & tin c. iron & copper d. carbon & iron
_____24. This type of fastener is installed by heating to a light cherry-red color, inserting it into a hole and
then applying pressure to the preformed head while at the same time squeezing the plain end to form a
rounded head.
a. bolt b. rivet c. weld d. NOTA
_____25. The allowable bending stress of a non-compact channel section bent about their weaker axis is
taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6 b. 0.66 c. 0.75 d. 0.45
_____26. It is a roof beam spanning between trusses or rigid frames subjected to flexure or bending.
a. lintel b. purlin c. girt d. truss
_____27. The allowable bending stress of a compact wide-flange section bent about their weaker axis is
taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6 b. 0.66 c. 0.75 d. 0.45
_____28. The maximum bending moment for a purlin may be taken as:
a. wL2/12 b. wL2/10 c. wL2/8 d. wL2/20
_____29. What is the weight of 32mm diameter deformed steel bar 9m long? Weight of steel = 7850
kg/cu.m.
a. 40.34 kgs b. 51.39 kgs c. 54.49 kgs d. 56.87 kgs
_____30. What is the weight of 40mm diameter deformed steel bar 1m long?
Strength of Materials
by: Engr. Ivan D.L. Marquez, MSCE
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
_____1. What is the type of beam wherein no rotation or vertical movement can occur at either ends?
a. simple beam b. restrained beam c. cantilever beam d. continuous beam
_____2. The property of materials that enable it to absorb energy before rupturing, represented by the area
under stress-strain curve derived from a tensile test of the material.
a. ductility b. brittleness c. rigidity d. toughness
_____3. The property of a material to resist a change in its physical shape.

The property of a material to fracture at low stress without appreciable deformation.

_____4. The property of a material to undergo plastic deformation after being stressed beyond the elastic
limit before rupturing.
_____5. A force that acts perpendicular to the cross section of a structural member and at its centroid.
a. axial load b. eccentric load c. moment load d. direct load
_____6. The twisting of a structural member about its longitudinal axis by two equal and opposite torques.
a. moment b. elongation c. torsion d. couple
_____7. A type of beam with fixed support and a roller support at the other end.
a. simple beam b. restrained beam c. cantilever beam d. propped beam
_____8. The stress beyond which the ratio of stress and strain for a material no longer remains constant.
a. Proportional Limit b. Yield Strength c. Ultimate Strength d. Rupture Strength
_____9. The change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being expressed as a
ratio, the increase or decrease divided by the original length.
a. stress b. force c. strain d. moment
_____10. A spherical pressure vessel with an internal diameter of 540 mm is to be generated using a 3 mm
thick steel. The yield stress of the material is 450 MPa and the maximum allowable shear stress is 240 MPa.
Determine the maximum allowable internal pressure in MPa.
a. 10 MPa b. 15 Mpa c. 20 MPa d. 25 Mpa
_____11. The ratio of the transverse strain to longitudinal strain

a. Stress Ratio b. Hooke’s Ratio c. Poisson’s Ratio d. Strain Ratio
_____12. The bending moment for the patterned loading to produce maximum moments are given as
follows:
Mux = 56x – 4x2 0' < x < 20’
Mux = -0.5x2 + 25x – 200 20’ < x < 30’
Find the max. moment (units in ft-lb)
a. 112.5 ft-lb b. 153.4 ft-lb c. 196 ft-lb d. 210.2 ft-lb
_____13. This represents the ability of the mat’l to absorb energy without any permanent damage to the
material.
a. Modulus of Toughness
b. Modulus of Elasticity
c. Modulus of Resilience
d. Modulus of Rigidity
_____14. What class of black or dark-colored cementitious substances is composed principally of high-
molecular weight hydrocarbons?
a. Gypsum c. Bitumen
b. Pozzolans d. Lime
_____15. Give the flexibility of a truss member with length L, cross sectional area A, modulus of elasticity E
and moment of inertia I.
Express answer in terms of L, A and E.
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. AE/L b. EL/A c. E/AL d. L/AE
_____16. What terms refers to roof beams spanning between trusses?

a. Girt b. Purlin c. Sagrods d. Lintel Beam
_____17. What do you call the horizontal wall beams serving principally to resist bending due to wind on the
side of an industrial building
_____18. A metal specimen with 36mm diameter and has a length L=360mm. A force of 300KN
elongates the length by 1.2mm. What is the elastic modulus?
a. 200000 MPa b. 95233 MPa c. 59246 MPa d. 88419 MPa
_____19. This element is added to the steel to make the steel corrosion resistant,
when this element is more than 16%, the material is called stainlesss steel.
a. aluminum b. zinc c. brass d. chromium
_____20. A heat treatment of steel which is done through shock cooling by immersing it to liquid or molten
material into a cooling medium (liquid or gas)
a. annealing b. over-heating c. quenching d. abrupt cooling
_____21. It is the largest stress based on the original cross-sectional area which a material can stand. Thus,
it is the maximum ordinate of the stress-strain curve.
A. Proportional Limit b. Yield Strength c. Ultimate Strength d. Rupture Strength
_____22. Given is the shape of the typical stress-strain curve for steel under tension force. Where is the
region in the curve where the material experiences a reduction in cross-sectional area?
ε
a.
b.
c.
a. region A
b. region B
c. region C
d. region D
σ
A B C D
_____23. It is a measure of the stiffness that refers to the ratio of the unit stress to unit strain of a material.
a. Modulus of Rigidity b. Modulus of Elasticity c. Modulus of Rupture d. NOTA
For #24-25: A 2m solid shaft having a radius of 35mm is subjected to a torque of 950N-m. Using
G=80000MPa,
_____24. Calculate the maximum torsional shearing stress developed.

a. 8.06 MPa b. 10.23 MPa c. 14.11 MPa d. 21.65 MPa
_____25. Calculate the maximum angle of twist.

a. 0.01 radians b. 0.02 radians c. 0.03 radians d. 0.04 radians
_____26. A cantilever beam 6m long is supported by a roller at the right end. It carries a uniform load of
400KN/m throughout the span. Ix =1.7x109 mm4 and E=200000 MPa. What is the deflection at the right end if
the roller support is removed?
a. 265.22 mm b. 128.24 mm c. 162.78 mm d. 190.59 mm
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
_____27. From the given shear diagram +30

+25
shown (Shear forces are in kN)
Determine the maximum moment in B C D
A E
the beam. -10
a. 15 KN-m -20
b. 20 KN-m 2m 2.5m 1.5m 2m
c. 25 KN-m
d. 30 KN-m
1000 kN
For # 28-29: From the simply supported beam
shown. 40 kN/m
_____28. Calculate the reaction at A? 500 kN.m
a. 342.72 KN b. 502.73 KN
c. 657.27 KN d. 817.27 KN A B
_____29. Calculate the reaction at B?
a. 342.72 KN b. 502.73 KN
RA RB
c. 657.27 KN d. 817.27 KN 4m 4m 4m 6m 4m
For # 30: A rigid block is attached as shown in the figure. If the elongation of the bronze is 5mm longer than
that of the steel,
0.6m.
Steel
A=600 mm2 Bronze Steel
E=200 GPa
1.0m.
Bronze
A=900 mm2
E=83 GPa
_____30. Calculate the weight of the block.

a. 526.32 KN b. 485.77 KN c. 659.34 KN d. 394.19 KN
AR 505 – STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
Theory of Structures
by: Engr. Ivan Marquez, MSCE
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
_____1. (Using the same EI) which member will resist most of the moment?
a. member A b. member B c. member C d. all members
_____2. What is the carryover factor for prismatic members?

a. 0.25 b. 0.5 c. 1.0 d. 2.0
_____3. A beam that project beyond one or both its support/s is called
a. Overhanging beam b. continous beam c. intermediate beam d. cantilever beam
_____4. What is the third requirement to guarantee the correct solution to a structural analysis problem?
(The two being equilibrium and stress-strain relationship). HINT: It has something to do with constant
deformation.
a. Plastic condition b. Uncracked condition c. Compatibility d. Discretization
_____5. What states that given a linear transformation relationship between two force vectors P = HQ, the
corresponding displacement vector transformation H∆’ such that UO = H∆’UP, is simply the transpose of the
force transformation matrix H?
a. Bettis Law
b. Maxwell’s Law
c. Method of Consistent Deformation
d. Principle of Contragradience
_____6. In the conjugate beam method, the actual slope equals

a. fictitious shear
b. fictitious moment
c. fictitious load
d. none of the above
_____7. What is the max moment for a restrained beam?

a. wL2/8 b. wL3/12 c. wL3/8 d. wL2/12
_____8. Which of the ff. statements is/are false about the positions of the live load moment envelope?
a. For max + moment w/in a span, load and all other alternate spans.
b. For max –moment w/in a span, load the two spans adjacent to that span and all other alt spans.
c. For max-moment at a support, load the two spans adjacent to that support and all other alt spans.
d. For max + moment at a support, load the two supports, load the 2 spans beyond each of the 2 spans
adjacent to the support and all other alt spans.
e. None of the above
_____9. The equivalent spring constant K for a vibrating system with two springs having
spring constant K1 and K2 respectively in
parallel is..
a. K=K1+K2 b. K=(1/K1)+(1/K2) c. K=[1/(K1+K2)] d. K=(K1*K2)/2
_____10. A simple beam has a span of 6m with two concentrated loads of 20KN each placed at the third
points of the span. If the extreme fiber stress is 10MPa, determine the required section modulus.
a. 2x106mm3 b. 4x106mm3 c. 6x106mm3 d. 10x106mm3
Timber Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
A timber has a circular cross section having a diameter of 250 mm. It has a simple span of 4 m. NSCP
specs. states that in a circular beam the strength is equal to the strength of square section having the same
area.
Allowable stresses of wood are as follows:
Shearing stress parallel to the grain, fv = 1.73 MPa
Bending stress , fb = 16.5 MPa
1
Allowable deflection= of span
240
Modulus of elasticity of wood= 7.31 GPa
w kN/m
250 mm.
4 m.
__________1. Calculate the maximum uniform load so that the allowable shear stress parallel to the grain
is not exceeded?
a. 35.26 KN/m b. 28.31 KN/m c. 46.21 KN/m d. 52.36 KN/m
__________2. Calculate the maximum uniform load so that the allowable bending stress is not exceeded?
__________3. Calculate the maximum uniform load so that the allowable deflection is not exceeded?
The T-section shown is formed by joining two rectangular pieces of wood together. The beam is subjected to
a maximum shearing force of 60 kN.
200
20
40
90
100
20
__________4. Calculate the moment of inertia about the neutral axis in mm4?
a. 20.573 x 106 b. 30.573 x 106 c. 40.573 x 106 d. 10.573 x 106
__________5. Calculate the shearing stress at the neutral axis?

__________6. Calculate the shearing stress at the junction between two pieces of wood?
Timber Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
A rectangular wooden beam has a span of 6 m. and carries a total uniform load of 25 kN/m including its
own weight. The beam is made up of 80% stress grade Apitong with allowable stresses shown below.
Allowable Stress for Apitong 80% Stress Grade:

Allowable bending = 16.5 MPa
Compression parallel to grain = 9.56 MPa
Compression perpendicular to grain = 2.20 MPa
Shear parallel to grain = 1.73 MPa
Modulus of elasticity = 7310 MPa
L
Allowable defection =
240
__________7. Which of the following gives the smallest dimension of beam that will not exceed the
allowable bending stress?
a. 220 x 440mm b. 220 x 550mm c. 220 x 660mm d. 220 x 770mm
__________8. Which of the following gives the smallest dimension of the beam that will not exceed the
allowable shearing stress?
allowable deflection?
__________10. A timber column of height 5m has a square cross section of side 200mm. It is supporting a
load of 320KN. At midheight, a recess is cut in one face of the column to receive a girt. The cut is 250mm
vertical and 50mm deep. Calculate the strain energy in Newton-meter if E=13600MPa.
a. 523.19 b. 924.16 c. 384.16 d. 478.431
__________11. Determine the most economical commercial size of a Yakal beam which can replace a
100mm x 200mm Apitong beam. The allowable bending stress for Apitong and Yakal are 13.8MPa and
19.3MPa, respectively. Assume lateral stability is not a problem.
__________12. A cantilever wooden beam 60mm wide by 200mm high and 6m long carries a load that
varies uniformly from zero at the free end to 1000N/m at the wall. Compute the flexural stress in a fiber
40mm from the top of the beam at a section 3m from the free end.
__________13. A 2"x4"x1' lumber is:

a. 2/3 bd.ft. b. 1 bd.ft. c. 1.5 bd.ft. d. 2 bd.ft
__________14. What do you call the type of cut that is parallel to the axis of the tree and radially across
the annual rings?
a. flat sawing b. quarter sawing c. direct sawing d. cross sawing
__________15. What type of defect in lumber is described as the longitudinal cracks following the growth
rings? This develops prior to cutting the lumber and sometimes caused by heavy winds.
a. knots b. cut c. rot d. shake
__________16. True/ False : Wood is stronger when load is ┴ to the grains.

a. True b. False c. Maybe d. Not Sure
1. In T-beam construction, the flange and web being 7. Two forces equal in magnitude and oppositely
built integrally, the width of the slab effective as T- directed is called
beam flange shall not exceed one quarter of the a.) moment
span length of the beam and the effective b.) couple
overhanging flange width on each side of the web c.) reaction
shall not exceed: d.) equilibrant
b.) one-half the clear distance to the next web 8. A force system to be in static equilibrium, the
c.) smaller of the above algebraic sum of the forces along any direction
d.) 500 mm a.) minimum
b.) 100%
2. Which of the following criteria for bundled bars, c.) maximum
do not apply? d.) zero
a.) bars larger than 32mm shall not be bundled in
beams 9. What is the minimum requirement for
b.) bundled bars shall be enclosed within stirrups or development for least 1/3 of the total reinforcement
ties provided for the negative moment reinforcement as
c.) group of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in an embedment length beyond the point of
contact to act as a unit shall be limited to four in any inflection?
one bundle a.) Not less than the effective depth of member of
d.) Individual bars within a bundle terminated within 12db or 1/16" the clear span, whichever is greater
the span of flexural members shall terminate at b.) L/3 + D or 24 db or 1/12" the clear span,
different points with at least 40db staggered whichever is greater
c.) Not less than 1.5 d or 14 db or 1/12" the clear
3. A wall that holds back on earth embankment span whichever is greater
a.) shoring wall d.) L/4 2D or 12 db or 1/12" the clear span,
b.) retaining wall whichever is greater
c.) buttress wall
d.) foundation wall 10. What is a round, steel bolt embedded in
concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery,
4. The process of removing concrete forms from the steel columns or beams, castings, shoes, beam
cured concrete plates and engine heads?
a.) stripping a.) retaining bolts
b.) deforming works b.) foundation bolts
c.) clearing c.) anchor bolts
d.) none of these d.) friction bolts
5. Maximum usable strain at extreme concrete 11. The ultimate strength of the material divided by
compression fiber shall assumed to be equal to the allowable working load
a.) 0.001 a.) maximum strength
b.) 0.002 b.) strength limit
c.) 0.003 c.) safety factor
d.) 0.004 d.) none of these
6. To find the volume of water in a cylinder tank, 12. The stress per square unit area of the original
multiply the area of its base by its cross section of a material which resists its
a.) diameter elongation is
b.) radius a.) allowable stress
c.) height b.) tensile stress
d.) none of these c.) flexural stress
d.) bending stress
13. What is the minimum concrete cover for primary 19. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain is:
reinforcement of beams or columns not exposed to a.) ratio and proportion
earth or water for precast manufactured under plant b.) modulus of elasticity
control conditions? c.) moment of inertia
a.) db but not less than 25mm d.) slenderness ratio
b.) db but not less than 15mm and need not exceed
40mm 20. Aggregates should conform to PNS or ASTM
c.) db but not less than 20mm and not to exceed standards and must be well graded, easy workability
50mm and method of consolidated are such that thee
d.) db but not less than 30mm concrete can be poured without honeycomb or
voids. What is the nominal maximum size of a course
14. What is a sheet element such as wire, cable, bar, aggregate when working spaces between
rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements _______ reinforcements for proper bonding?
pre-stress forces to concrete? a.) Course aggregates shall be no larger than ½ the
a.) prestress cables minimum clear spacing between individual
b.) reinforcement reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of bars, or
c.) tenon cables prestressing tendons or ducts
d.) tendon b.) Course aggregates shall be no larger than 5/8 the
minimum clear spacing between individual
15. It is a circular beam that transmit power to the reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of bars, or
machinery prestressing tendons or ducts
a.) shaft c.) Course aggregates shall be no larger than 7/8 the
b.) spandrel minimum clear spacing between individual
c.) rafter reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of bars, or
d.) lintel prestressing tendons or ducts
d.) Course aggregates shall be no larger than 3/4 the
16. It is the arrangement of any two or more forces minimum clear spacing between individual
that act on a body or on a group of related bodies. reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of bars, or
a.) force system prestressing tendons or ducts
b.) transmissibility
c.) reluctant 22. A brochure of a steel bar manufactures claims
d.) equilibrium the following specs: yield strength = 275 Mpa,
tensile strength = 450 Mpa. A sample 32mm x 1000
17. The standard hooks for the stirrups and ties shall mm long steel bar was out for sampling with the
mean following test results: yield stress = 28.54 kg/sq mm,
a.) a 90-degree bend plus 6 db extension at the free ultimate stress = 50.55 kg/sq. mm. Judge the actual
end of bar, for 16mm bar and smaller test result against what is claimed in the brochure
b.) a 90-degree bend plus 12 db extension at the free and if the test results meet minimum PS standards.
of end bar, for 20mm and 25mm bar a.) The test results surpasses the claims on the
c.) a 135-degree bend plus 6db extension at the free brochure and surpasses PS Standards
end of bar, for 25mm and smaller b.) The test results is below the claims in the
d.) all of the above brochure but surpasses PS Standards
c.) The test results are equal to the claims on the
18. Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties for brochure
16mm bar and smaller shall not be less than d.) The test results is below the claims in the
a.) 4 db brochure and below the PS Standard
b.) 6 db
c.) 8 db
d.) 10 db
23. How is 90-degree bend standard hook for 30. A joint where two successive placement of
concrete reinforcement constructed? concrete meet is called
a.) 90 degree bend plus 10 db extension at free end a.) truss joint
of the bar b.) contraction joint
b.) 90 degree bend plus 12 db extension at free end c.) construction joint
of the bar d.) expansion joint
c.) 90 degree bend plus 6 db extension at free end of
the bar 31. Depth of footing above bottom reinforcement
d.) 90 degree bend plus 4 db extension at free end of shall not be less than 150mm for footing on soil, nor
the bar less than ____ for footing on piles
a.) 200mm
24. The steel materials are to be butt joined using a b.) 300mm
fillet weld. The thicker material is 8.5mm. What is c.) 250mm
the minimum size of the fillet weld? d.) 400mm
a.) 3.0mm
b.) 7.5mm 32. Loads that change position within the span of a
c.) 6.0mm beam in short amount of time. These loads are often
d.) 5.0mm exemplified by wheel loads.
a.) varying loads
25. In formula e=PL/AE, E stands for: b.) snow loads
a.) total deformation c.) dead loads
b.) elongation d.) moving loads
c.) equal forces
d.) modulus of elasticity 33. A bended rust to resist shear and diagonal
stresses in a concrete beam is called
26. Slab thickness for joist construction shall not be a.) bottom bar
less than one-twelfth the clear distance between ribs b.) metal plate
not less than c.) stirrups
a.) 50mm d.) temperature bar
b.) 75mm
c.) 100mm 34. Walls that support weight from above as well as
d.) 125mm their own dead weight
a.) load bearing walls
27. It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to b.) shoring walls
the plane of the wall c.) curtain walls
a.) bearing wall d.) none of these
b.) curtain wall
c.) grade wall 35. Which statement is false?
d.) shear wall a.) development length of main reinforcements is
always a function of reinforcement diameter
28. The section at which the moment changes from b.) transverse reinforcements provide additional
positive to negative is called: flexural support
a.) neutral axis c.) spiral hoops have stronger confining effect than
b.) inflection point ties
c.) point of zero shear d.) none of these
d.) maximum moment
36. A point in each normal section of a member
29. In column, the ratio of its effective length to its through which the axis passes and about which the
least radius of gyration is called section twists
a.) moment of inertia a.) centroid
b.) development length b.) shear center
c.) slenderness ratio c.) center of gravity
d.) ratio and proportion d.) none of the above
37. A quantity which measure the resistance of the 44. A standard 90 degree hook consists of a bend
mass to being revolved about line is called plus an extension of
a.) tension a.) 8db
b.) torsion b.) 10db
c.) variation c.) 12db
d.) deflection d.) 16db
38. A structural member spanning from truss-to- 45. For offset bent longitudinal bars, the horizontal
truss or supporting rafters support at offset bends shall be provided by lateral
a.) floor joist ties, spiral or parts of the floor construction.
b.) purlin Horizontal support provided shall be designed to
c.) girt resist 1-1/2 times the horizontal component of the
d.) girder computed force in the inclined portion of on offset
bar. Lateral ties or spiral shall be placed not more
39. It is a twisting force that rotates or tends to than ______ from points of bend
rotate a shaft a.) 100mm
a.) dead load b.) 150mm
b.) elasticity c.) 200mm
c.) stress d.) 250mm
d.) torque
46. The greatest stress which a material is capable of
40. It is synonym to bending stress developing without a permanent deformation
a.) flexural stress remaining upon the complete release of stress is
b.) torsional stress called
c.) tangential stress a.) allowable stress
d.) normal stress b.) moment of inertia
c.) bending stress
41. A standard hook may consist of a 180 deg. bend d.) proportional limit
plus a 4db extension (at free end) not less than
a.) 55mm 47. The failure in a base when a heavily loaded
b.) 60mm column strikes a hole through is called
c.) 75mm a.) flexural stress
d.) 85mm b.) punching moment
c.) punching shear
42. The major horizontal supporting member of the d.) single shear
floor system is called
a.) rafter 48. Bundled bars shall be enclosed within supports
b.) purlin or ties but bars larger than the size below shall not
c.) girder be bundled in beams
d.) girt a.) 40mm
b.) 36mm
43. A wall which support a vertical loads in addition c.) 32mm
to its weight without the benefit of a complete d.) 28mm
vertical load carrying space frame is called
a.) retaining wall 49. Splices in spiral reinforcement shall be lap splices
b.) curtain wall of 48db but not less than
c.) shearing wall a.) 300mm
d.) bearing wall b.) 400mm
c.) 500mm
d.) 600mm
50. Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion c.) stability against overturning
a.) riprap d.) horizontal torsional moments
b.) flag stone
c.) embankment 57. The actual stress in a material under a given
d.) border stone loading
a.) working stress
51. In any one bundle, groups of parallel reinforcing b.) axial stress
bars bundled in contract to act as a unit shall be c.) bending stress
limited to a maximum of d.) allowable stress
a.) three
b.) four 58. Where parallel reinforcement is placed in two or
c.) five more layers, bars in the upper layers shall be placed
d.) six directly above bars in the bottom layer with clear
distance between layers not less than
52. It is a single force, or a force and a couple which a.) 20mm
acting alone will produce the same effect as the b.) 25mm
force system c.) 30mm
a.) force d.) 40mm
b.) resultant
c.) equilibrium 59. In spirally reinforced or tied reinforcement
d.) transmissibility compression members, clear distance between
longitudinal (vertical) bars shall not be less than
53. A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or 40mm not
concrete across the top of door or window opening a.) 1.5db
to bear the weight of the walls above the opening b.) 2.0db
a.) lintel c.) 5.0db
b.) transom beam d.) 1.0db
c.) transvers rafter
d.) none of these 60. The minimum thickness of non-prestressed
beams of span L whose supports are simply
54. Underwater watertight chamber to allow supported
construction work to be done a.) L/16
a.) bent chamber b.) L/18.50
b.) submersible air chamber c.) L/2
c.) caisson d.) L/8
d.) none of these
61. Which of the following criterion precludes good
55. When a beam is loads, the new position of its condition practice for conduits and pipes embedded
longitudinal centroid axis is called in concrete
a.) deflected shape a.) conduits and pipes embedded is slab, wall, or
b.) parabolic curve beam shall not be larger in outside dimension than
c.) elastic curve 1/3 the overall thickness of slab, wall or beam in
d.) inelastic curve which they are embedded
b.) reinforcement with an area not less than 0.002
56. What is a design analysis requirement, times area of cross-section shall be provided normal
considered as a basis for the structural design of to piping
building and structures, where the total lateral c.) conduits and pipes, with their fittings embedded
forces are distributed to various vertical elements of within the column shall not displace more than 5%
the lateral force-resisting system in proportion to of the area of cross-section which strength is
their rigidities considering the rigidity of the calculated
horizontal bracing system or diaphragm? d.) concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings
a.) shear and moment diagram hall not be less than 40mm for concrete exposed to
b.) distribution of horizontal shear each of the weather
68. Which of the following criterion is NOT
62. The most important component to determine applicable for plug and slot welds?
the strength of a concrete mix is a.) the thickness of plug/slot welds in material 16mm
a.) cement or less in thickness shall be equal to the thickness of
b.) sand the material
c.) gravel b.) the minimum center to center spacing in a
d.) lime longitudinal direction on any line shall be 2 times the
length of the slot
63. The greatest stretching stress a structural c.) the thickness of plug or slot welds in material
member can bear without cracking or breaking over 16mm in thickness shall be at least ½ times the
a.) tension limit material but not less than 16mm
b.) tensile stress d.) the width of the slot shall not be less than the
c.) elasticity limit thickness of the part containing it plus 8mm nor shall
d.) none of these it be greater than 2-1/2 times the thickness of weld
64. A beam that project beyond one or both its 69. The minimum clear spacing between parallel
support is called bars in a layer shall be db but not less than
a.) overhanging beam a.) 20mm
b.) continuous beam b.) 25mm
c.) intermediate beam c.) 40mm
d.) cantilevered beam d.) 50mm
65. How is camber treated in a steel truss 25 meters 70. A composite member with laterally tied concrete
and longer? around a steel core (of design yield strength not to
a.) camber shall be approximately equal to 1% of the exceed 350 MPa) shall have vertical spacing of
span lateral ties shall not exceed
b.) camber shall be approximately equal to the dead a.) 16 longitudinal bar diameter or 48 tie diameter
load deflection b.) ½ times the least side dimension of the
c.) camber shall be approximately equal to 0.8% of composite member
the span plus 1/3 the dead load deflection c.) any of the above
d.) camber shall be approximately equal to 0.6% of d.) none of the above
the span plus ½ the live load deflection
71. It means that by which a body develops internal
66. It refers to occupancy load which is either resistance to stress
partially or fully in place or may not be present at all a.) strain
is called b.) strength
a.) live load c.) slenderness
b.) dead load d.) stress
c.) concentrated load
d.) distributed load 72. One-way concrete slab are used when:
67. What is the method of analyzing indeterminate b.) The slab has no cantilevered portion
modular building frames by assuming hinges at the c.) The concrete slab is reinforced on the near
center of the beam, spans and columns height bottom side
a.) cantilever method d.) The concrete slab is sloping to the all side
b.) moment distribution method
c.) free body diagram method
d.) portal method
73. In joist construction, consisting of monolithic 78. For beam with a slab on one side only, the
combination of regularly spaced ribs and a top slab, effective overhanging flange width shall not exceed
the ribs shall not be less than 100mm in width and a.) 1/12 the span length of the beam
shall have a depth of not more than _____ times the b.) 6 times the slab thickness
minimum width of rib c.) ½ the clear distance to the next web
a.) 2 d.) any of the above
b.) 2-1/2
c.) 3 79. The tendency for one part of a beam to move
d.) 3-1/2 vertically with respect to an adjacent part is called
a.) shear
74. Again, for joist construction, the clear spacing b.) moment
between ribs shall not exceed c.) force
a.) 250mm d.) strength
b.) 750mm 80. Any material change in shape when subjected to
c.) 50mm the action of a force is called
d.) 1000mm a.) reflection
b.) deflection
75. As a seismic requirement for flexural members c.) deformation
where hoops are required. How are the remaining d.) acceleration
portions of a beam treated with transverse
reinforcement other than those required with 81. For normal weight concrete, the modulus of
hoops? elasticity of concrete Ec, may be taken as
a.) Where hoops are not required, stirrups shall be a.) 1700 √
spaced at no more than d/2 throughout the length b.) 2700 √
of the member
c.) 3700 √
b.) Where hoops are not required, stirrups shall be
spaced at no more than d/3 throughout the length d.) 4700 √
of the member
c.) Where hoops are not required, hoops shall 82. An expansion joints adjacent parts of a structure
continue except that spacing shall not be more than to permit expected movements between them is
d/2 called
d.) Where hoops are not required, closed stirrups a.) contraction joint
shall be spaced at no more than d/4 throughout the b.) truss joint
length of the member c.) construction joint
d.) conduction joint
76. What is a concrete bean placed directly on the
ground to provide foundation for the superstructure 83. The deformation of as structural member as a
a.) strap beam result of loads acting on it is called
b.) gerber beam a.) strength
c.) grade beam b.) stress
d.) tie beam c.) strain
d.) deflection
77. The point in the moment diagram at which the
curvature reverses as it changes from concave to 84. The force adhesion per unit area of contact
convex is called between two bonded surface
a.) point of deflection a.) axial stress
b.) moment of inertia b.) bond stress
c.) point of inflection c.) allowable stress
d.) magnitude d.) flexural stress
a.) gable roof
b.) mansard roof
c.) hip roof
d.) lean roof
86. A type of concrete floor which has no beam is

called
a.) flat slab
b.) 2-way slab
c.) one-way slab
d.) ribbed floor
87. Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance

of
a.) 20mm
b.) 40mm
c.) 15mm
d.) 30mm
88. In walls and slabs other than concrete joist

construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall be
spaces not farther apart than three times the wall or
slab thickness, nor
a.) 300mm
b.) 400mm
c.) 450mm
d.) 550mm
89. If the depth of a web exceeds 900mm

longitudinal skin reinforcement shall be uniformly
distributed along both side faces of the members for
the distance d/2 nearest the flexural tension
reinforcement. The maximum spacing of the skin
reinforcement shall not exceed the lesser of the d/6
and 300mm. The total area of the longitudinal skin
reinforcement in both faces need not exceed ______
of the required flexural tension reinforcement.
a.) ¼
b.) 1/3
c.) ½
d.) 2/3
90. The connection between two structural elements

joined at their ends to form a single, longer element
a.) splice
b.) stiffness
c.) stress
d.) slender action
1. It is a structural system without complete vertical 7. The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through
local carrying space frame. (NSCP 208.20) 36mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30)
a.) Braced frame a.) 12 db
b.) Bearing wall system b.) 6 db
c.) Rigid component c.) 8 db
d.) Concentric braced frame d.) 10 db
2. Is a component including its attachments having 8. The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars
fundamental period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. in a layer must be db but not less than? (NSCP
(NSCP 208.20) 407.7.3)
a.) Braced frame a.) 50mm
b.) Bearing wall system b.) 25mm
c.) Rigid component c.) 75mm
d.) Flexible component d.) 100mm
3. Is a component including its attachments having 9. In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced

fundamental period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP compression members, clear distance between
208.20) longitudinal bars shall not be less than? (NSCP
a.) Braced frame 407.7.3)
b.) Bearing wall system a.) 2.0 db
c.) Rigid component b.) 2.15 db
d.) Flexible component c.) 1.50 db
d.) 1.75 db
4. Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall
have a nominal outside diameter of not less than 10. In walls and slabs other than concrete joist
(NSCP 307.7.3) construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall
a.) 200 mm not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or slab
b.) 250 mm thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)
c.) 300 mm a.) 375mm
d.) 350 mm b.) 450mm
c.) 500mm
5. A complete record of test of materials and of d.) 300mm
concrete shall be available for inspection during the
progress of work and _______ years after 11. Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in
completion of the project and shall be preserved by contact to act as one unit shall be united to ___
the inspecting engineer or architect for that pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)
purpose, (NSCP 403.20) a.) 4
a.) 2 years b.) 3
b.) 5 years c.) 2
c.) 10 years d.) 5
d.) 15 years
12. Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in
6. The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through beams:
25mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30) (NSCP 407.7.6.3)
a.) 12 db a.) 25mm
b.) 6 db b.) 16mm
c.) 8 db c.) 28mm
d.) 10 db d.) 36mm
13. Individual bars within a bundle terminated within 20. The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH
the span of flexural members shall terminate at ends continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
different points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP a.) L/20
407.7.6.4) b.) L/24
a.) 12 db c.) L/10
b.) 10 db d.) L/28
c.) 50 db
d.) 40 db 21. The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is :
(NSCP 409.6.2)
14. Minimum concrete cover cast against and a.) L/20
permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1) b.) L/24
a.) 100 mm c.) L/10
b.) 75 mm d.) L/28
c.) 50 mm
d.) 150 mm 22. Deep continuous flexural members has overall
depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP
15. The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in 410.8.10)
place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1) a.) 0.40
a.) 20mm b.) 0.60
b.) 25mm c.) 0.75
c.) 40mm d.) 0.70
d.) 50mm
23. Deep simple span flexural members has overall
16. In ultimate strength design, the strength depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP
reduction factor Ø for flexure without axial loads: 307.4.2)
(NSCP 409.2.1) a.) 0.40
a.) 0.85 b.) 0.60
b.) 0.75 c.) 0.75
c.) 0.90 d.) 0.70
d.) 0.70
24. Spacing of shear reinforcement placed
17. In ultimate strength design, the strength perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed member
reduction factor Ø for shear and torsion: (NSCP shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)
409.4.2.3) a.) d/2
a.) 0.70 b.) d/4
b.) 0.75 c.) ¾ d
c.) 0.85 d.) d/5
d.) 0.90
25. Development length Ld for deformed bars in
18. The minimum one way slab thickness which is tension shall be less than: (NSCP 412.3.1)
simply supported at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2) a.) 300 mm
a.) L/20 b.) 250 mm
b.) L/24 c.) 200 mm
c.) L/28 d.) 350 mm
d.) L/10
26. Is an essentially vertical truss system of the
19. The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist
end continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2) lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
a.) L/20 a.) Building frame system
b.) L/24 b.) Braced frame
c.) L/10 c.) Diaphragm
d.) L/28 d.) Collector
27. Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system 33. The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope
activity to transmit lateral forces to the vertical made to the site boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)
resisting elements: a.) 0.80 M
a.) Building frame system b.) 0.60 M
b.) Braced frame c.) 1.50 M
c.) Diaphragm d.) 2.00 M
d.) Collector
34. The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made
28. Is a frame in which members and joints are to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)
capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure: a.) 0.80 M
a.) Moment resisting frame b.) 0.60 M
b.) Ordinary braced frame c.) 6.00 M
c.) Truss d.) 1.00 M
d.) Eccentric braced frame
35. In using sand backfill in the annular space around
29. In the determination of seismic dead load with a column not embedded in poured footings, the sand
minimum of ________% of floor live load shall be shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers
applicable for storage and warehouse occupancies. not more than _____mm in depth? (NSCP 305.7.3)
(NSCP 208.5.1.1) a.) 500 mm
a.) 50% b.) 400 mm
b.) 25% c.) 200 mm
c.) 30% d.) 300 mm
d.) 35%
36. In using a concrete backfill in the annular space
30. The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than around column not embedded in poured footings,
_______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2) the concrete shall have ultimate strength of
a.) 50% ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
b.) 60% a.) 30 Mpa
c.) 30% b.) 15 Mpa
d.) 40% c.) 10 Mpa
d.) 5 Mpa
31. Before commencing the excavation work, the
person making the excavation shall notify in writing 37. When grillage footings of structural steel shapes
the owner of the adjoining building not less than are used on soils, they shall be completely
_____days before such excavation is to be made. embedded in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at
(NSCP 302.2.4) least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
a.) 15 days a.) 100 mm
b.) 10 days b.) 200 mm
c.) 30 days c.) 150 mm
d.) 60 days d.) 250 mm
32. Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural 38. Temporary open air portable bleachers may be
slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1) supported upon wood sills or steel plates placed
a.) 50% directly upon the ground surface, provided soil
b.) 10% pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
c.) 20% a.) 100 Kpa
d.) 60% b.) 50 Kpa
c.) 150 Kpa
d.) 200 Kpa
39. The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts 45. Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific
when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to compressive strength Fc of not less than
foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60) a.) 17.50 Mpa
a.) 10mm b.) 20 Mpa
b.) 12mm c.) 15 Mpa
c.) 16mm d.) 25 Mpa
d.) 20mm
46. Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific
40. The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts compressive strength Fc of not less than _____Mpa.
when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to (NSCP 304.7.1)
foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the a.) 17.50 Mpa
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60) b.) 20 Mpa
a.) 10mm c.) 15 Mpa
b.) 12mm d.) 25 Mpa
c.) 16mm
d.) 20mm 47. The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a
driven pre-cast concrete pile center to center. (NSCP
41. Individual pile caps and caissons of every 307.5.1)
structure subjected to seismic forces shall be a.) 75 mm
interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be capable of b.) 100 mm
resisting in tension or compression a minimum c.) 125 mm
horizontal force equal to _____% of the largest d.) 150 mm
column vertical load. (NSCP 306.20)
a.) 15% 48. Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a
b.) 20% specified compressive strength Fc of not less than
c.) 10% ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)
d.) 25% a.) 20 Mpa
b.) 15 Mpa
42. Such piles into firm ground may be considered c.) 25 Mpa
fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the d.) 35 Mpa
ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
a.) 1.50 M 49. The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles
b.) 2.00 M when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3)
c.) 2.50 M a.) 300 mm
d.) 3.00 M b.) 250 mm
c.) 350 mm
43. Such piles into soft ground may be considered d.) 400 mm
fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the
ground surface. (NSCP 306.20) 50. Aviation control towers fall to what type of
a.) 1.50 M occupancy?
b.) 2.00 M a.) Special occupancy structures
c.) 2.50 M b.) Essential facilities
d.) 3.00 M c.) Hazardous facility
d.) Standard occupancy
44. The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored
piles shall be _____times the average diameter of 51. Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural
the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1) buildings fall to what type of occupancy?
a.) 10 times a.) Miscellaneous occupancy
b.) 20 times b.) Essential facilities
c.) 30 times c.) Special occupancy
d.) 15 times d.) Hazardous facility
52. Buildings used for college or adult education with 58. As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact
a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type force for crane load, if powered monorail cranes are
of occupancy? considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall
a.) Miscellaneous occupancy be increased by what percent to determine the
b.) Essential facilities induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
c.) Special occupancy a.) 50%
d.) Hazardous facility b.) 25%
c.) 15%
53. Buildings or structures therein housing and d.) 20%
supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or
substances fall to what type of category? 59. The lateral force on a crane runway beam with
a.) Miscellaneous occupancy electrically powered trolleys shall be calculated as
b.) Essential facilities ______% of the sum of the rated capacity of the
c.) Special occupancy crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley. (NSCP
d.) Hazardous facility 206.9.4)
a.) 20%
54. The allowable deflection for any structural b.) 15%
member loaded with live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2) c.) 30%
a.) L/300 d.) 50%
b.) L/360
c.) L/200 60. The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams,
d.) L/240 except for bridge cranes with hand geared bridges
shall be calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load
55. The allowable deflection for any structural of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5)
member loaded with dead load and live load only. a.) 15%
(NSCP 104.2.2) b.) 10%
a.) L/240 c.) 25%
b.) L/300 d.) 20%
c.) L/360
d.) L/200 61. An open building is a structure having all walls at
least _____% open. (NSCP 207)
56. Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding a.) 50%
by at least _______times the lateral force. (NSCP b.) 60%
206.6) c.) 80%
a.) 3 d.) 75%
b.) 2
c.) 1.50 62. Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially
d.) 1.0 enclosed with mean roof height less than or equal
to? (NSCP 207.20)
57. Retaining walls shall be designed to resist a.) 70 M
overturning by at least ______times the overturning b.) 50 M
moment. (NSCP 206.6) c.) 15 M
a.) 1.0 d.) 18 M
b.) 2.50
c.) 2.0 63. The wind load importance factor lw for essential
d.) 1.50 facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50)
a.) 1.15
b.) 1.0
c.) 2.15
d.) 0.87
64. The wind load importance factor for hazardous 70. Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or
facilities is equal to? other terrain with numerous closely spaced
a.) 1.0 obstructions having the size of single family dwelling
b.) 0.87 or larger falls on what exposure category for wind
c.) 1.15 loading?
d.) 2.15 a.) Exposure A
b.) Exposure B
65. The wind load importance factor for standard c.) Exposure C
occupancy structures is equal to? d.) Exposure D
a.) 1.0
b.) 1.15 71. Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity
c.) 0.87 of ____Kph?
d.) 2.0 a.) 150 Kph
b.) 250 Kph
66. The wind load importance factor for c.) 125 Kph
miscellaneous structures is equal to? d.) 200 Kph
a.) 1.0
c.) 0.87 of ____Kph?
d.) 2.0 a.) 200 Kph
b.) 125 Kph
67. Large city centers with at least 50% of the c.) 150 Kph
buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on d.) 250 Kph
what exposure category for wind loading? (NSCP
207.5.3) 73. Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity
a.) Exposure A of ____Kph?
b.) Exposure B a.) 200 Kph
c.) Exposure C b.) 125 Kph
d.) Exposure D c.) 150 Kph
d.) 250 Kph
68. Open terrain with scattered obstructions having
heights less than 9M. Falls on what exposure 74. In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens,
category for wind loading? no individual strength test (average of 2 cylinders)
a.) Exposure A falls below fc’ by more than _______. (NSCP
b.) Exposure B 405.7.3.3)
c.) Exposure C a.) 5 Mpa
d.) Exposure D b.) 4.25 Mpa
c.) 3.50 Mpa
69. Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing d.) 4.0 Mpa
over open water for a distance of at least 2 km falls
on what exposure category for wind loading? 75. Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not
a.) Exposure A exceed _______times the least width b of
b.) Exposure B compression flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10)
c.) Exposure C a.) 40
d.) Exposure D b.) 50
c.) 60
d.) 30
76. For a rectangular reinforced concrete 82. For pin connected members in which the pin is
compression member, it shall be permitted to take expected to provide for relative movement between
the radius of gyration equal to _______times the connected parts while under full load, the diameter
overall dimension of the direction of stability is being of the pinhole shall not be more than ______mm
considered. (NSCP 410.12.20) greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP
a.) 0.30 504.4.2.3)
b.) 0.45 a.) 1 mm
c.) 0.50 b.) 0.5 mm
d.) 0.75 c.) 0.80 mm
d.) 2 mm
77. For members whose design is based on
compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r 83. The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts
preferably should not exceed ________? (NSCP and intermittent welds correctly two rolled shapes in
502.8.1) contact for a built up section shall not exceed
a.) 300 ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
b.) 250 a.) 700 mm
c.) 200 b.) 500 mm
d.) 350 c.) 600 mm
d.) 400 mm
78. For members whose design is based on tensile
force, the slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not 84. The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single
exceed _________. system shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)
a.) 200 a.) 140 mm
b.) 300 b.) 200 mm
c.) 250 c.) 250 mm
d.) 350 d.) 100 mm
79. For pin connected members, the allowable stress 85. The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double
on the net area of the pinhole for pin connected system shall not exceed ________.
members is _________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1) a.) 140 mm
a.) 0.60 Fy b.) 200 mm
b.) 0.50 Fy c.) 250 mm
c.) 0.45 Fy d.) 100 mm
d.) 0.40 Fy
86. For members bent about their strong or weak
80. Other than pin connected members, the axes, members with compact sections where the
allowable tensile stress shall not exceed _______ on flanges continuously connected to web the
the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1) allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP
a.) 0.60 Fy 506.4.1.1)
b.) 0.45 Fy a.) 0.75 Fy
c.) 0.33 Fy b.) 0.60 Fy
d.) 0.66 Fy c.) 0.45 Fy
d.) 0.66 Fy
81. For pin connected plates, the minimum net area
beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis of the 87. For box type and tabular textural members that
member shall not be less than _______of the net meet the non compact section requirements of
area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1) section 502.6, the allowable bending stress is
a.) 3/4 ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
b.) 2/3 a.) 0.75 Fy
c.) 3/5 b.) 0.60 Fy
d.) 1/3 c.) 0.45 Fy
d.) 0.66 Fy
88. Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder 94. The connections at ends of tension or
web shall be spaced not more than ______mm on compression members in trusses shall develop the
centers. (NSCP 507.5.3) force due to the design load, but no less than
a.) 300 mm _______% at the effective strength of the member
b.) 400 mm unless a smaller percentage is justified by
c.) 350 mm engineering analysis that considers other factors
d.) 250 mm including handling, shipping and erection. (NSCP
510.2.5.1)
89. Ira composite beam section, the actual section a.) 50
modulus of the transformed composite section shall b.) 70
be used in calculating the concrete flexural c.) 65
compressed stress and for construction without d.) 100
temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon
loading applied after the concrete has reached 95. When formed steel decking is a part of the
_____% of its required strength. composite beam, the spacing of stud shear
a.) 50% connector along the length of the supporting beam
b.) 60% or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP
c.) 80% 509.6.1.2)
d.) 75% a.) 800
b.) 750
90. Shear connectors shall have at least c.) 900
________mm of lateral concrete covering. (NSCP d.) 1000
509.5.8)
a.) 50 mm 96. The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with
b.) 100 mm thickness greater than 20mm is ________. (NSCP
c.) 25 mm 510.3.3.2)
d.) 40 mm a.) 10
b.) 8
91. The minimum center to center spacing of stud c.) 15
connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting d.) 20
composite beam is ____________.
(NSCP 509.5.8) 97. The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with
a.) 6 diameter of connector thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
b.) 10 diameter of connector a.) 3 mm
c.) 12 diameter of connector b.) 6 mm
d.) 5 diameter of connector c.) 8 mm
d.) 10 mm
92. The maximum center to center spacing of stud
connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting 98. The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with
composite beam is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8) thickness over 12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP
a.) 8 diameter of connector 510.3.3.2)
d.) 5 mm
93. Connections carrying calculated stresses, except
for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall be designed to
support not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP
510.10.61)
a.) 30
b.) 50
c.) 26.70
d.) 35
STRUCTURAL EXAM EXIT: PART 1
11. Calculate the “second moment of area of a
1. Ratio of the sliding force required to the weight of rectangular section with base of 50mm and height
the material being pushed. It is the measure of of 100mm
the resistance to the sliding of one material Answer: 4166667mm^4
resting on another
Answer: Coefficient of friction 12. These are referred to permanent loads or
unmovable loads
2. Force system to be in static equilibrium, the Answer: Dead Loads
algebraic summation of forces is:
Answer: Zero 13. It is a type of truss having both vertical and
diagonal members between the upper and lower
3. Two forces equal in magnitude but oppositely chords, with the diagonals sloping toward the
directed and produce moment is called: center
Answer: Couple Answer: Pratt Truss
4. What states the moment of the resultant of 2 14. It states that stress is proportional to Strain
concurrent forces about any axis to the plane of Answer: Hooke’s Law
forces is equal to the algebraic sum of the
moments of the 2 forces about the same axis. 15. The normal force exerted by a smooth horizontal
Answer: Varignon’s Theorem surface towards a 100-lb block acting on its
Answer: 100lbs
5. “A force may be moved anywhere along its line of
action without producing a change in external 16. It refers to occupancy load which is either partially
effect” This statement is TRUE or fully in place or may not be present at all is
called:
6. In a structure whose materials follows Hooke’s Answer: Live Loads
Law and in which the supports are unyielding and
the temperature is constant, what law states that 17. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain
the external virtual work done by a system of Answer: Modulus of Elasticity
forces, Q, during the deformation caused by the
P forces
In structural steel design, structures carrying liveload
Answer: Betti’s Law which induce impact, the assumed liveload shall be
increased sufficiently to provide for it. If not otherwise
7. Snow loads, wind, pressure suction and specified, the increase for supports of elevators shall be:
earthquake load and the like are what type of Answer: 100%
loads?
Answer: Environmental Loads 18. Based on the AISC, what is the maximum
slenderness ratio kL/r for tension members?
8. This states that the external effect of a force on a Answer: 300
body is the same for all points of application along
its line of action, it is independent of the point of 19. The slenderness ratio of compression shall not
application exceed:
Answer: Principle of Transmissibility of a Answer: 200
force
20. A wide flange section is used as beam to carry a
9. Among the following axioms of mechanics, which total shear of 900KN. If the depth of the wide
is INCORRECT? flange section is 600mm, determine the required
Answer: A set of forces in equilibrium may be web thickness. Fy= 250Mpa
added to any system of forces thus changing Answer: 15mm
the effect of the original system.
21. The point on the cross section of a member where
10. An elevator cable will have its greatest tension a transverse load must pass to minimize twisting:
when the elevator car is moving Answer: Shear Center
Answer: Downward/Upward but coming to
rest
22. The maximum size of fillet weld that may be used Answer: 85 %
along the edges of materials less than 6mm thick:
Answer: Not greater than thickness of 34. It is also known as the second moment of area
material Answer: Moment of Inertia
23. The maximum size of fillet weld that may be used 35. Steel is an alloy comprising of two elements and
along edges of materials 6mm or more in they are:
thickness: Answer: Carbon and Iron
Answer: Not greater than thickness of
material less 1.6mm 36. This type of fastener is installed by heating to a
light cherry-red color, inserting it into a hole and
24. It is the sidewise bending or displacement then applying pressure to the preformed head
accompanied by twisting about minor or weaker while at the same time squeezing the plain end to
axis usually at the compression section fom a rounded head
Answer: Buckling Answer: Rivet
25. Riveted and bolted splice and gusset plates and 37. The allowable bending stress of a non-compact
other connection fittings subject to tensile force channel section bent about their weaker axis is
shall be design in accordance with AISC taken _ Fy.
requirements where the effective net area shall Answer: 0.6
be taken as the actual net area except that, for
the purpose of design calculations, it shall not be 38. It is a roof beam spanning between trusses of
taken as greater than ___. rigid frames subjected to flexure or bending
Answer: 85% of gross area Answer: Purlin
26. Roof liveloads shall be assumed to act: 39. The allowable bending stress of a compact wide
Answer: Vertically upon the area projected on flange section bent about their weaker axis is
the horizontal taken _ Fy.
Answer: 0.75
27. The allowable stresses for tension in structural
steel in terms of effective net area is: 40. The maximum bending moment for a purlin may
Answer: 0.50Fu be taken as:
Answer: wL^2/8
28. It is an imaginary distance from the centroidal axis
at which the entire area can be assumed to exist 41. A testing machine that may be used to conduct
without affecting the moment of inertia tensile, compressive, bend and shear test.
Answer: Radius of Gyration Answer: Universal Testing Machine
29. A wide flange section W21 x 83 weights _ kg/m 42. Test that determines the stress level a metal can
Answer: 123 withstand without failure when subjected to an
infinitely large number of repeated alternating
30. A wide flange section W21 x 83 has an overall stresses
depth of approximately _ millimeters Answer: Fatigue
Answer: 530
43. Test that determines the resistance of a metal to
31. In computing net area, the width of a rivet or bolt penetration
hole shall be taken as _ mm greater than the Answer: Hardness
nominal dimension of the hole normal to the
direction of the applied stress 44. The minimum stress required to create
Answer: 1.6 permanent deformation in metal
Answer: Yield Strength
32. Modulus of Elasticity of structural steel in MPa
Answer: 200,000 45. The process of treatment of concrete against
evaporation of moisture and temperature.
33. For the relatively short fittings such as splice of Answer: Curing
gusset plates used as statically loaded
connecting elements, the net area (an) shall not 46. Important property of concrete to be able to
exceed _% of the gross area Ag withstand deterioration due to weathering action
Answer: Durability Answer: Pre-tensioning
47. The ease in which a uniform mass of freshly 59. This refers to the substance other than
mixed concrete can be moved without aggregate, cement, or water added in small
segregation into final position in which the quantity normally less than 5% of the weight
concrete is allowed to harden. cement, to alter the properties of the concrete mix
Answer: Workability or the hardened solid.
Answer: Admixture
48. Test that manifests the resistance of cement
against deformation caused by temperature 60. The mimum bend diameter for 10mm o
change. throughout 23mm o bars
Answer: Soundness Answer: 6db
49. Comprises tests performed by a company 61. Bars larger than _mm shall not be bundles in
receiving new supplies to make certain that the beams
shipment meets the standards called for in the Answer: 36mm
order
Answer: Quality Assurance 62. Minimum concrete cover against and
permanently exposed to earth
50. Involves test done by a company on their own Answer: 75mm
product prior to shipment to ensure that the
product meets the manufacturer’s standard 63. In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction
Answer: Quality Control factor o for shear and torsion
Answer: 0.85
51. Required gage length (GL) of the specimen in the
Tension Test of Rebars. 64. The minimum one-way slab thickness for a BOTH
Answer: 200mm ends continuous slab is
Answer: L/10 or L/28
52. Structural units cast in molds in a factory that
have reinforcing members not under tension as 65. What is the distance from the extreme fiber in
they are being cast. compression to the centroid of the tension steel
Answer: Non-prestressed area?
Answer: Effective Depth
53. Loads that are movable or replaceable on
structure are known as 66. The maximum useable strain at the extreme
Answer: Live Load concrete compression fiber shall be assumed
to_?
54. It is one in which the lateral stiffness is less than Answer: 0.003
70% of the stiffness of the story above it.
Answer: Soft Story 67. What is the mode of failure for short columns at
which the concrete reaches its limit strain at
55. A horizontal system acting to transmit lateral precisely the same instant that the tensile steel on
forces to the vertical resisting elements. It the far side of the column reaches yield strain?
includes horizontal bracing system Answer: Balanced Condition
Answer: Diaphragm
68. A buried plate, wall or block attached at some
56. These are inert material used in concrete which distance from and forming an anchorage for
occupy more than 75% of the volume of the retaining wall
hardened concrete product. Answer: Deadman
Answer: Aggregates
69. It is a beam especially provided over an opening
57. Steel elements such as wire, cables, bars, rods for a door, window, etc. to carry the wall over the
or standards of wires or a bundle of such opening
elements used in pre-stressed concrete Answer: Lintel beam
structures are called
Answer: Tendons 70. What will happen to the concrete strength if the
58. What method of prestressing in which tendons water-to-cement ratio decreases
are tensioned before concrete cast in place?
Answer: Concrete strength increases, Answer: Grading
porosity decreases, solid-to-space ratio
decreases 83. The lifetime of an equipment over which it can
profitably survive in the face of improves models,
71. What is the property of concrete by which it change in methods and techniques, etc.
continues to deform with time under sustained Answer: Productive life
loads at unit stresses within acceptable elastic
range? 84. These are relatively long, slender members that
Answer: Creep transmit foundation loads thru soil strata of low
bearing capacity to deeper soil or rock strata
72. What is the condition where the tension steel having a high bearing capacity
strain reaches the yielding strain simultaneously Answer: Pile
with the concrete reaching the crushing strain
which is usually 0.003? 85. Cement which does not only harden by reacting
Answer: Balance strain with water but also form water resistant product
Answer: Hydraulic
73. What is a material that has adhesive and
cohesive properties enabling it to bound mineral 86. Raw material used to produce cement
fragments into a solid mass in the presence of Answer: Limestone
water?
Answer: Hydraulic Cement 87. The measure of the relative fineness of sand
Answer: Fineness modulus
74. The ACI Code states that ‘bars larger than #11
should not be bundled in beams or girders” This 88. This test determines the silt and clay composition
means that one should not bundle the steel bars in aggregates. It also indicates the cleanliness of
if the diameter is larger than: the aggregates
Answer: 36mm Answer: Wash test
75. The steel ratio, p for spiral columns rangers from 89. This test evaluates the structural strength of
Answer: 0.01- 0.08 aggregates
Answer: Abrasion Test
76. Which is the correct factored load for Strength
Design Method? 90. Moisture condition of an aggregate where the
Answer: 1.4DL + 1.7LL surface is dry, but the voids and interior of the
aggregate are fully saturated
77. The stress developed when the applied load Answer: SSD (Saturated Surface Dry)
causes adjacent sections within a body to slide
east each other 91. The most important material in concrete which is
Answer: Shearing Stress held together by cement paste
Answer: Aggregate
78. It is the contact pressure developed between two
bodies 92. A standard test done on reinforcing steel bars to
Answer: Bearing Stress check its amenability to sending in structural
applications
79. The stress induced as a result of restrained Answer: Cold bending
deformations due to changes in temperature
Answer: Thermal Stress 93. A mechanical test used to evaluate the tensile
properties of steel
80. The actual stress in a material under a given Answer: Tension
loading
Answer: Axial Stress 94. Adherence between materials such as
bricks/mortar or between felts and other elements
81. It is the maximum safe stress that a material can of roof system, which use bitumen or other
withstand materials as the cementing agent.
Answer: Allowable Stress Answer: Bond
82. Process of bringing earthwork to the desired 95. A wall that resists horizontal forces applied in the
shape and elevation plane of the wall
Answer: Shear Wall
9. Which of the following properties of aggregates
96. If the ratio of the short direction to the long has the least influence on the quality of concrete?
direction of a slab is less than 0.5, then the slab Answer: Color, texture and shape of the
is considered aggregates.
Answer: One-way slab
10. What is the type of beam wherein no rotation or
97. In ultimate strength design, the reduction factor vertical movement can occur at either ends?
for bending is Answer: Restrained Beam
Answer: 0.9
11. The property of materials that enable it to absorb
98. The actual strain by which a concrete fall is 0.004. energy before rupturing before represented by
For safety purposes, the ACI code allows the area under stress strain curve derived from a
designers to use tensile test of the material
Answer: 0.003 Answer: Toughness
99. The minimum clear cover allowed by the code for 12. The property of a material to resist a change in its
slabs, not exposed to weather is physical shape
Answer: 20mm Answer: Rigidity
1. A number 8 (#8 steel reinforcing bar) has a 13. The property of a material to fracture at low stress
diameter of: without appreciable deformation
Answer: 25mm Answer: Brittleness
2. What do you call those structures that are 14. The property of the material to undergo plastic
necessary for emergency operations subsequent deformation after being stressed beyond the
to a natural disaster? elastic limit before rupturing
Answer: Essential Facilities Answer: Ductility
3. A structural system without a complete vertical 15. A force that acts perpendicular to the cross
load-carrying space frame section of a structural member and its centroid
Answer: Bearing wall system Answer: Axial Load
4. What materials have adhesive and cohesive 16. The twisting of a structural member about its
properties necessary to bond inert aggregates longitudinal axis by two equal and opposite
into a solid mass of adequate strength and torques
durability Answer: Torsion
Answer: Cementitious Materials
17. A type of beam with fixed support and a roller
5. What is generated when compounds in cement support at the other end
react with water to acquire stable low-energy Answer: Propped Beam
states?
Answer: Heat of Hydration 18. The stress beyond which the ratio of stress and
strain for a material no longer remains constant
6. What compounds reduce the interparticle forces Answer: Proportional Limit
that exist between cement grains in the fresh
paste; thereby increasing the paste fluidity 19. The change in length caused usually by a force
Answer: Plasticizers applied to a piece, the change being expressed
as a ratio, the increase or decrease divided by the
7. In mixes exposed to water, what is the term used original length
to refer to the separation of aggregate from the Answer: Strain
bitumen due to the faster absorption of water on
the aggregate surface
Answer: Slippage 20. The ratio of the transverse strain to longitudinal
strain.
8. It is temporary dam-like structure constructed Answer: Poisson’s Ratio
around an excavation to exclude water
Answer: Cofferdam 21. The modulus of elasticity of steel is
Answer: 200 GPa
4. Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing
22. This represents the ability of the mat’l to absorb longitudinal reinforcement. A continuously wound
energy without any permanent damage to the bar or wire in the form of a circle, rectangle or
material other polygon shape without re-entrant corners is
Answer: Modulus of Resilience acceptable
Answer: Tie
23. What class of black or dark colored cementitious
substance is composed principally of high 5. Space frame in which members and joints resist
molecular weight hydrocarbons? forces through fixture, shear and axial force
Answer: Bitumen Answer: Braced frame
24. Give the flexibility of a truss members with length 6. The mortar joint that is horizontal at the time the
L, cross sectional area A, modulus of elasticity E masonry units are placed
and moment of inertia I. Answer: Masonry joint
Answer: L/AE
7. The mortar having a vertical transverse plane
25. What terms refers to roof beams spanning Answer: Head joint
between trusses?
Answer: Purlin 8. Brick, tile, stone and glass block or concrete block
Answer: Bed joint
26. What do you call the horizontal wall beams
serving principally to resist bending due to wind 9. Masonry unit whose net cross sectional area
on the side of an industrial building? (solid area) in any plane parallel to the surface
Answer: Girt containing cores, cells or deep frogs is less than
75% of its gross cross sectional area measured
27. This element is added to the steel to make the in the same plane
steel corrosion resistant, when this element is Answer: Hollow masonry joint
more than 16%, the material is called stainless
steel. 10. The sharp bending or buckling when a column is
Answer: Chromium loaded ____ is called:
Answer: Crippling
28. A heat treatment of steel which is done through
shock cooling by immersing it to liquid or molten 11. Usual failure of a long column
material into a cooling (medium liquid or gas) Answer: Crippling
Answer: Quenching
12. What usually happen to reinforcing steel in a
reinforced concrete if the member is about to
STRUCTURAL EXAM EXIT: PART 2 collapse?
1. Material encasing a prestressing tendon to Answer: Yield
prevent bonding the tendon with the surrounding
concrete, to provide corrosion protection and to 13. Reinforcing bars put in contact to act as a:
contain corrosion inhibiting coating Answer: Bundled bars
Answer: Reshores
14. Structural member that is subjected to transverse
2. Vertical or inclined support members designed to load:
carry the weight of the formwork concrete and Answer: Beams
construction loads above
Answer: Shores 15. What is the purpose of the stirrups aside from
resisting vertical and diagonal tensions in a
3. Reinforcement used to resist shear and torsion beam?
stresses in a structural member, typically bars, Answer: Hold bars in place
wires or welded fabric (plain or deformed) bent
into L, U or rectangular shapes and located 16. Honeycomb in concrete can be limited by the
perpendicular to or at an angle longitudinal Answer: Use of concrete
reinforcement
Answer: Stirrups 17. Ties are used for what type of structural elements.
Answer: Columns
32. Buildings used for college or adult education with
18. What do you call a column that is not aligned to a a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what
tower follow column? type of occupancy
Answer: Planted Answer: Special occupancy
19. A type of concrete floor which has no supporting 33. The minimum outside diameter of pipes when
beams used must be (NSCP 307, 6.3)
Answer: Flat slab Answer: 250MM
20. The force adhesion per unit area of contact 34. The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts
between two bonded surfaces is: when wood plated or sill shall be bolted to
Answer: Bond stress foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the
Philippines (NSCP 305.60)
21. The distance between two structural supports is Answer: 16MM
called:
Answer: Span length 35. It is a structural system without complete vertical
local carrying space frame
22. What is temporary force exerted by a device that Answer: Bearing wall system
introduce tension into a pre-stressing tendon?
Answer: Jacking force 36. It is a component including its attachment having
fundamental period less than or equal 0.06sec.
23. The ability of soil to allow water to flow through it Answer: Rigid component
Answer: Permeability
37. Is a component including its attachments having
24. What supports the shear wall? fundamental period greater than 0.30 sec?
Answer: Footing Answer: Flexible component
25. A structural system used to transfer lateral forces 38. Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section
like wind and earthquake load to the vertical shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less
resisting elements than
Answer: Diaphragm Answer: 200mm
26. What is poured after drilling a hole for bored 39. The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars
piles? in a layer must be not more than
Answer: Epoxy primer Answer: 25mm
27. It is a column that is seated on top of a non-axial 40. In walls and slabs other than concrete joist
bearing member like a slab or beam used to carry construction primary flexural reinforcement shall
loads above. It is usually used to address not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or
architectural/interior design concerns. slab thickness nor farther than
Answer: Planted Column Answer: 450mm
28. What do you call the underlying structure forming 41. Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in
the foundation of a building or other structure? contact to act as one unit shall be to_ pieces in
Answer: Basement one bundle
Answer: 4
29. Test used to determine the strength of concrete
Answer: Slump test 42. Bars larger than _mm shall not be bundled in
beams
30. A structural system without a complete vertical Answer: 36mm
load carrying space frame
Answer: Bearing wall system 43. Is an essentially vertical truss system of the
concentric or eccentric type that is provided to
31. Where do shear walls rest resist lateral forces
Answer: Footing Answer: Braced frame
44. Is a frame in which members and joints are 55. A material other than aggregate, water or
capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure? hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of
Answer: Moment resisting frame concrete and added to concrete before or during
its mixing to modify its properties
45. Before commencing the excavation work, the Answer: Admixture
person making the excavation shall notify in
writing the owner of the adjoining building not less 56. Load that is movable or transferable is called
than _ days before such excavation is made Answer: Live Load
Answer: 10 days
57. From the list, which is an advantage of steel over
46. Is a member or element provide to transfer lateral concrete
forces from a portion of a structure, vertical Answer: Elasticity
elements of the lateral force resisting system
Answer: Collector 58. Is a horizontal truss system that serves the same
function as diaphragm?
47. It is an assemblage of framing members Answer: Horizontal bracing system
designed to support the gravity loads and resist
lateral forces 59. A granular material such as sand, gravel, crushed
Answer: Bridge stone and iron blast furnace stag. And when used
with a cementing medium forms a hydraulic
48. Occupancies and structures housing or cement concrete or mortar
supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or Answer: Inert materials
substances, non-building structure storing,
supporting or containing quantities of toxic or 60. The space between levels
explosive substances Answer: Story
Answer: Hazardous facilities
61. The lateral displacement of one level relative to
49. This consist of the weight of all materials, and the level above or below
other fixed permanent loads Answer: Story drift
Answer: Dead load
62. The story drift divided by the story height
50. A wall design to resist the lateral displacement of Answer: Story drift ratio
soil or other materials
Answer: Retaining wall 63. The summation of design lateral forces above the
story under consideration
51. It is horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting Answer: Story shear
to transmit lateral forces to the vertical-resisting
elements, including the horizontal bracing 64. Structural concrete with no reinforcement or with
systems. less reinforcement than the minimum amount
Answer: Diaphragm specified for reinforced concrete.
Answer: Plain concrete
52. It is one in which the lateral stiffness is less than
70% of the stiffness of the story above 65. Reinforcement that does not conform to definition
Answer: Soft story of deformed reinforcement
Answer: Plain reinforcement
53. It is secondary effect on shears, axial forces and
moments of frame members due to the action of 66. Method of prestressing in which tendons are
the vertical induced by horizontal displacement of tensioned after concrete has hardened
the structure resulting from various loading Answer: Post tensioning
Answer: After shock
67. A structural concrete element cast in other than
54. It is an artificial stone derived from a mixture of its final position in the structure
properly proportioned amount of hydraulic Answer: Precast concrete
cement, fine aggregates, coarse aggregates and
water with or without admixtures. 68. Structural concrete in which internal stresses
Answer: Precast concrete have been introduced to reduce potential tensile
stresses in concrete resulting fro loads
Answer: Prestressed concrete
69. A method of prestressing in which tendons are 3. For a force system to be in static equilibrium, the
tensioned before concrete is placed. algebraic summation of forces is
Answer: Pre-tensioning Answer: zero
70. Structural concrete reinforced with no less than 4. The property of a material to undergo plastic
the minimum amounts of prestressing tendons or deformation after being stressed beyond the
non-prestressed reinforcement elastic limit before
Answer: Reinforced concrete Answer: Brittleness
71. Material excluding prestressing tendons unless 5. Force that acts perpendicular to the cross section
specifically included of a structural member and its centroid
Answer: Concrete Answer: Axial Load
72. Masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in 6. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain
any plane parallel to the surface containing the Answer: Modulus of elasticity
cores or cells is at least 75% of the gross cross-
sectional area measured in the same plane 7. What is the type of beam wherein no rotation or
Answer: Solid masonry joint vertical movement can occur at either ends?
Answer: Restrained beam
73. Masonry wall in which two or more wythes are
bonded to act as a structural unit. 8. A force that acts perpendicular to the cross
Answer: Bonded wall section of a structural member and at its centroid
Answer: Axial Load
74. A wall containing continuous air space with a
minimum width of 5mm and a maximum width of 9. The stress beyond which the ratio of stress and
114mm between wythes, which are tied with strain for a material no longer remains constant
metal ties. Answer: Yield Strength
Answer: Wall tie
10. The change in length caused usually by a force
75. A mechanical metal fastener, which connects applied to a piece, the change being expressed
wythes of masonry to each other or to other as a ratio, the increase decrease divided by the
materials original length
Answer: Bonded Wall Answer: Strain
76. Form of masonry construction in which 11. The ratio of the transverse strain to longitudinal
reinforcement acting in conjunction with the strain
masonry is used to resist forces Answer: Poisson’s ratio
Answer: Reinforced masonry
12. The modulus of elasticity of steel is
77. An assemblage of masonry units and mortar with Answer: 200 GPa
or without grout used as a test specimen for
determining properties of the masonry 13. Compute the shear modulus of a steel if E =
Answer: Cavity wall 200,000 MPA and the poisson’s ratio is 0.30
Answer: 76923 Mpa
14. Second moment of area of a rectangular section

STRUCTURAL EXAM EXIT: PART 3 having a width of b and the depth of d:
1. The recommended design value of k-factor for Answer: bd^3/12
both ends pin connected.
Answer: 1.0 15. The recommended design value of k-factor for
both ends pin connected
2. The theoretical value of k-factor for both ends Answer: 1.0
restrained.
Answer: 0.5 If restrained, 0.5
16. The critical slenderness ratio is the upper limit of

elastic buckling failure, where its average column
stress is 0.5Fy
17. The allowable stresses for tension in structural • Calculate the maximum torsional
steel in terms of gross area is taken _% of shearing stress developed: 14.11 Mpa
specified allowable yield stress • Calculate the maximum angle twist: 0.01
Answer: 60 radians
18. Wide flange section W21 x 62 has a nominal 30. A cantilever beam 6m long carries a uniform load
depth of: of 400kn/m throughout the span 1x= 1.7 x10^9
Answer: 472 mm^4 and E = 200,000 MPa. What is the
deflection at the free end?
19. The allowable bearing stress on projected area Answer: 190.59mm
between bolts and steel plate is taken _ of Fu
Answer: 1.2 31. Test that determines the resistance of a metal to
penetration
20. A parameter used for estimating strength of Answer: Hardness
concrete
Answer: Water-cement ratio 32. Test that determines the stress level a metal can
withstand without failure when subjected to an
21. It is the property of fresh concrete which is the infinitely large number of repeated alternating
ability to flow under momentum transfer or under stresses
mechanical stress Answer: Fatigue
Answer: Mobility
33. A testing machine that may be used to conduct
22. T or F: As water to cement ratio increases, there hardness test on material
is progressive weakening due to increase in Answer: Brinelle testing machine
porosity
Answer: True 34. The process of treatment of concrete against
evaporation of moisture and temperature
23. It is temporary dam-like structure constructed condition
around an excavation to exclude water Answer: Curing
Answer: Cofferdam
35. Important property of concrete to be able to
24. Which of the following is NOT a property of withstand deterioration due to weathering action
hardened hydraulic cement concrete? Answer: Durability
Answer: Workability
36. The ease in which a uniform mass of freshly
25. Which of the following will minimize the cracking mixed concrete can be moved without
of pavement due to thermal expansion? segregation into final position which the concrete
Answer: Provide expansion joints and is allowed to harden
sectional pouring of concrete Answer: Workability
26. It is the largest stress based in the original cross- 37. Test the manifest the resistance of cement
sectional area which a material can stand. Thus, against deformation caused by temperature
it is the maximum ordinate of the stress strain change
curve Answer: Soundness
Answer: Ultimate strength
27. What is the stress developed in a bar 1m length tension test of rebars
with rectangular cross section 50mm x 50mm Answer: 200mm
subjected to a tensile force of 100N?
Answer: 0.04Mpa 39. Tension is applied to steel reinforcing after the
concrete has been poured and allowed to harden.
28. When a beam is loaded, the new position of its Answer: Post-tensioned
longitudinal centroid axis is called
Answer: Elastic Curve 40. Structural unit cast in molds in a factory that have
stresses introduced as they are being cast or after
29. A 1m solid shaft having radius of 35mm is cast
subjected to torque of 950nN-m using G Answer: Prestressed
8000Mpa
41. The maximum bending moment for purlin may be 53. The allowable stresses for tension in structural
taken as wL^2/8 steel in terms of gross area is: 0.60Fy
42. What is the weight of 32 mm diameter deformed 54. The allowable stresses for tension in structural
steel bar 9m long? Weight of steel = 7850 kg/ steel in terms of effective net is: 0.50Fu
cu.m
Answer: 56.87 kgs at which the entire area can be assumed to exist
without affecting the moment of inertia
43. What is the weight of 40mm diameter deformed
steel bar 1m long Answer: Radius of Gyration
Answer: 9.56kgs
56. Wide flange section w21x83 weighs _kg/m
44. Ratio of the sliding force required to the weight of Answer: 123
the material being pushed. It is the measure of
the resistance sliding one material resting on 57. A wide flange section w21 x 83 has an overall
another depth of approximately _mm
Answer: Sliding coefficient Answer: 530
45. What is the max moment for a restrained beam? 58. In computing net area, the width of a rivet or bolt
Answer: wL^2/12 hole shall be taken as _ mm greater than nominal
dimension of the hole normal to the direction of
46. The equivalent spring constant for K for a applied force
vibrating system with two springs having spring Answer: 1.6
K1 and K2, respectively in parallel is
Answer: K= K1 + K2 59. Sit is the ability of a material like steel to undergo
large inelastic deformation without failure
47. A simple beam has a span of 6m with two Answer: ductility
concentrated loads of 20kn each placed at the
third points of the span. If the extreme fiber stress 60. For relatively short fitting such as splice, or a
is 10MPa, determine the required section gusset plates used as statically loaded
modulus connecting elements, the net area shall not
Answer: 4 x 10^6mm^3 exceed _% of the gross area
Answer: 85
48. What is the carryover factor prismatic members?
Answer: 0.5 61. Modulus of elasticity of structural steel in MPA
Answer: 200,000
49. A beam that project beyond one or both of its
support/s is called 62. It is also known as the second moment of area
Answer: Overhanging beam Answer: Moment of inertia
50. What is the requirement to guarantee the correct 63. Steel is an alloy comprising of two elements, they
solution to structural analysis problem: The two are: carbon and iron
being equilibrium and stress-strain relationship?
Answer: Compatibility
64. The allowable bending stress of a non-compact
51. What states that given a linear transformation channel section bent about their weaker axis is
between two forces vectors P=HQ, the taken _ fy
corresponding displacement vector
transformation, such that Uo = H’UP, is simply the Answer: 0.6
transpose of the force transformation matrix H
Answer: Principle of Contragradience 65. It is a roof beam spanning between trusses or
rigid frames subjected to flexure or bending
52. In the conjugate beam method, the actual slope Answer: Purlin
equals
Answer: Fictitious shear
66. The allowable bending stress of a compact wide 78. Based on the AISC, what is the maximum
flange section bent about their weaker axis is slenderness ratio kL/r for tension members?
taken_ fy Answer: 300
Answer: 0.75
79. Slenderness ratio of compression members shall
67. The process used to lower the subsurface water not exceed 200
on site so that excavation remains dry and stable
Answer: Dewatering
80. A wide flange section is used as a beam to carry
68. Type of foundation that transmits load to the soil a total shear of 900KN. If the depth of the wide
through the footing flange section is 600mm, determine the required
Answer: Spread web thickness. Fy= 250Mpa
Answer: 15mm
69. These are relatively long, slender members that
transmits foundation loads through soil strata of 81. The point on the cross section of a member where
low bearing capacity to deeper soil or rock strata a transverse load must pass to minimize twisting
having a high bearing capacity Answer: Not greater than thickness of
Answer: Pile material
70. Cement which does not only harden by reacting 82. It is the sidewise bending or displacement
with water but also form a water-resistant product accompanied by twisting about minor or weaker
Answer: Hydraulic axis usually at the compression section
Answer: Buckling
71. The measure of the relative fineness of cement
Answer: Fineness modulus 83. Riveted and bolted splice and gusset plates and
other connection fittings subject to tensile force
72. This test determines the silt and clay composition shall be design in accordance with AISC
in aggregates. It also indicates cleanliness of the requirements where the effective net area shall
aggregates. be taken as the actual net area except that, for
Answer: Wash test the purpose of design calculations, it shall not be
taken as greater than:
73. This test evaluates the structural strength of Answer: 85% of gross area
aggregates
Answer: Abrasion test 84. Roof live loads shall be assumed to act:
Answer: Vertically upon the area projected on
74. The most important material in concrete which is the horizontal
held together by cement paste
Answer: Aggregate 85. The shear strength of a steel beam I-beam is
dependent on the
75. A standard test done on reinforcing steel bars to Answer: Area of web
check its amenability to bending in structural
applications 86. What is the mode of failure for short columns at
Answer: Cold Bending which the concrete reaches its limits strain at
precisely the same instant that the tensile steel on
76. In mixes exposed to water, what is the term used the far side of the column reaches yield strain?
refer to the separation of aggregates from the Answer: Balanced condition
the aggregate’s surfaces. 87. What is the max Vs (shear carried by the stirrups)
Answer: Bleeding Answer: 2/3 (square root) f’C
77. In structural steel design, structures carrying live 88. What is the distance from the extreme fiber
load which induce impact, the assumed liveload compression to the centroid of the tension steel
shall be increased sufficiently to provide for it, if area?
not otherwise specified the increase for supports Answer: Effective depth
of elevators shall be
Answer: 100%
89. The maximum useable strain at the concrete 9. Using AISC column specs, determine the max
compression fiber shall be assumed to be equal length of a W360 x 122 section if it is used as a
to 0.003 hinged end column to support a load of 1200KN,
Fy= 450Mpa, E=200000MPA, Properties of
90. It is a beam provided over an opening for a door, W360 x122: A=15500mm^2 etc. (hehe)
window, etc. to carry the wall over the opening Answer: 5.56m
Answer: Lintel Beam 10. A wide flange beam has an unsupported length of
STRUCTURAL EXAM EXIT: PART 4 10m This consist of a web member of 250mm x
25mm and flanges of 200mm x 25mm, if the
1. The allowable stresses for tension in structural beam carries a load of 430KN, at the midspan,
steel in gross area is taken _% of specified determine the max actual shear stress
allowable yield stress Answer: 42.3 Mpa
Answer: 60%
11. The strength reduction factor for flexure is
2. The allowable tensile stress of structural steel Answer: 0.9
based on effective net area is taken _% of
specified allowable yield stress 12. The maximum usable strain for concrete is:
Answer: 60% Answer: 0.003
3. In computing net area, the width of a rivet or bolt 13. The value of B if the fc is less than 30MPa
hole shall be taken as _mm greater than the Answer: 0.85
nominal dimension of the normal to the direction
of the applied stress 14. The maximum reinforcement ratio provided by
Answer: 1.6 the code taken _%
Answer: 75%
4. For relatively short fittings such as splice or
gusset plates used as statically loaded 15. The minimum reinforcement ratio provided by the
connecting elements, the net area shall not code is taken
exceed _% of the gross area Answer: 1.4
Answer: 75%
16. High workability is observed when the slump
5. It is the ability of a material like steel to undergo value is _
large inelastic deformation without failure Answer: 4
Answer: Ductility
17. The maximum number of rebar in a bundled bar
6. A column section has an effective length of 6.29 Answer: 4
and a min radius gyration of 104mm. If E=
200000Mpa and fy= 248Mpa compute the 18. The load factor for a dead load: 1.4
required factor of safety of the column section 19. The load factor for a live load: 1.7
Answer: 1.39 20. The load factor for a wind load: 1.7
7. A wide flange is used as a simply supported beam

and has a reaction of 4400KN at one of its ends 21. What is the minimum concrete cover in mm as per
with the width of contract equal to 300mm along NSCP on concrete cast against and permanently
the beam. Determine the actual stress due to web exposed to earth?
yielding at that section of the wide flange section Answer: 40
has the ff properties. D= 622mm, tv= 20.3mm,
k=50mm, tf=116.2mm 22. A reinforcing steel of grade 40 has a yield
Answer:5.56m strength of _Mpa?
Answer: 276
8. A wide flange beam has an unsupported length of
10m. This consists of a web member of 250mm x 23. The slenderness ratio of compression members
25mm and flanges of 200mm x 25mm. if the shall not exceed __.
beam carries a load of 430KN, at the midspan. Answer: 200
Determind the max actual shear stress
Answer: 174.82Mpa
24. What is carryover factor for prismatic members? 35. What is the minimum requirement for
Answer: 0.5 development for at least 1/3 of the total
reinforcement provided for the negative moment
25. For beam with a slab on one side only, the reinforcement as an embedment length beyond
effective overhanging flange width shall not the point of infection?
exceed Answer: Not less than the effective depth of
member of 12db or 1/16th the clear span,
Answer: 6 times the slab thickness whichever is greater.
26. It is the arrangement of any two or more forces 36. The steel materials are to be butt joined using a
that act on a body or on a group of related bodies fillet weld. The thicker material is 8.5mm, what is
Answer: Force system the minimum size of the fillet weld?
Answer: 5.0mm
27. The failure in a base when a heavily loaded
column strikes a hole through it is called 37. In formula e= PL/AE, E stands for
Answer: Punching shear Answer: Modulus of Elasticity
28. The deformation of a structural member as a 38. Slab thickness for joist construction shall not be
result of loads acting on it is called less than one twelfth the clear distance between
Answer: Deflection ribs nor less than
Answer: 100mm
29. A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal
stresses in concrete beam is called: 39. It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the
Answer: Stirrups plane of the wall
Answer: Grade wall
30. Which of the following criteria for bundled bars,
do NOT apply? 40. The section at which the moment changes from
Answer: Bundled bars shall be enclosed positive to negative is called
within stirrups or ties. Answer: Inflection point
31. What is a steel element such as wire, cable, bar, 41. In column, the ratio of its effective length to its
rod or strand, or bundle of such elements, used least radius of gyration is called
to impart pre-stress to concrete? Answer: Slenderness ratio
Answer: Tendon
42. A joint where two successive placement of
32. A _ is a vertical element that resists lateral forces concrete meet is called
in the plane of the wall through shear and Answer: Construction Joint
bending. Such a wall acts as a beam cantilevered
out of the ground or foundations, and part of its 43. Depth of footing above bottom reinforcement
strength derives from its depths. Examples are shall not be less than 150mm for footing on soil,
interior wall of a multi storey building, enclosing nor less than _ for footing on piles
stairways, elevator shafts, and the effective Answer: 300mm
overhanging flange width on each side of the web
shall not exceed: 44. A bended rust to resist shear and diagonal
Answer: Shea Wall stresses in concrete beam is called
Answer: Stirrups bar
33. In T-beam construction, the flange and web being
build integrally, the width of the slab effective as 45. A quantity which measure the resistance of the
T-beam flange shall not exceed one quarter of the mass to being revolved about line is called
span length of the beam and the effective Answer: Torsion
shall not exceed. 46. It is a twisting force that rotates a shaft:
Answer: Shear Wall Answer: torque
34. It is a circular beam that transmit power to the 47. When the ratio of the short span to the long span
machinery of a slab is less then 0.50, slab is a
Answer: Shaft Answer: One-way slab
STRUCTURAL EXAM EXIT
48. How is camber treats in steel truss 25 meters and
longer? 1. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain:
Answer: Camber shall be approximately equal Answer: Modulus of elasticity
to the dead load deflection
2. A material behaves linearly elastic in terms
49. The maximum deflection for a simply supported of application of load and deflection
beam with concentrated loads at midspan is behaviors due to:
equal to. Answer: Being directly proportional to
Answer: PL3/ 48EI each other.
50. In spirally reinforced or tied reinforcement 3. A hollow steel tube with a diameter of 100
compression members, clear distance between mm must carry a tensile load of 400 kN.
longitudinal (vertical) bars shall be less than Determine the stress of the tube.
40mm nor Answer: 50.92 MN/m2
Answer: 2.0db
4. Determine the elongation of a rod having a
51. This system consists of several forces, the lines diameter of 36mm with a length of 1000mm.
of actions of which are parallel A 400kN tensile load is exerted at the lower
Answer: Parallel coplanar force system end. Assume that ls E=200x103 N/m2.
Answer: 1.964mm
52. A three-dimensional structural system without the
bearing walls, composed of interconnected 5. It is the ratio of the change in length caused
members laterally supported so as to function as by the applied force, to the original length.
a complete self-contained unit with or without the Answer: simple strain
aids of horizontal diaphragms or floor bracing
system 6. A simple beam supports a 20kN/m load
Answer: Braced frame occupying the whole span of 10m. The
maximum moment developed is
53. It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the Answer: 200kN-m
plane of the wall
Answer: Shear wall 7. What is the distribution factor (DF) for a
roller support at the end of a beam?
54. A joint where two successive placement of Answer: 1
concrete meet is called
Answer: Construction joint 8. Determine is the distribution factor (DF) for
member AB.
55. A quantity which measures the resistance of the Answer: 0
mass to being revolved about a line is called
Answer: Torsion 9. The Final moment for member AB is shown
to be
56. It is synonym to bending stress Answer: 35.7 kN-m
Answer: Flexural stress 10. The rotation for the moment for member AB
is:
57. A wall which support a vertical load in addition to Answer: Counter-clockwise
its weight without the benefit of a complete
vertical load carrying space frame is called 11. The theoretical value of k-factor for both
Answer: Bearing wall ends restrained.
Answer: 1.0
column strikes a hole through is called 12. Determine the reaction (RA) at point A.
Answer: Punching shear Answer: 40kN
13. Determine the maximum moment of the

beam.
Answer: -80 kN-m

Answer: 200GPa located. The Philippines is in zone 4 where
15. The allowance stresses for tension in Z has the value of:
structural steel in terms of gross area os Answer: 1.0
taken _% of specified allowable yield stress. 30. In the strength design method (NSCP
Answer: 60 2010), the ultimate load is mostly computed
as:
16. Answer: 1.6LL + 1.2DL
17.
18. 31. The minimum reinforcement ratio provided
19. by the code is taken __/Fy.
20. Determine the critical load (Fcr) of having Answer: 1.4
Fcr = 0.658(Fy/Fe)Fy. Use Fy=50 ksl.
Answer: 26.646 klps 32. Which of the following values can be used
as a concrete cover for the primary
21. Determine the nominal axial compressive reinforcement of concrete beams as per
strength (Pn) of the steel column (Use: Pn = NSCP 2010?
FcrAg) Answer: 40mm
Answer: 258.77klps
33. Under the AISC Method of evaluating the
22. Is a horizontal truss system that serves the maximum safe load of a steel column, the
same function as a diaphragm? column constrain is
Answer: Horizontal bracing system
Answers:
23. On a fillet weld, the normal distance from the
root to the theoretical face of the weld is
called the __ of the weld 34. Which of the following criteria for bundled
Answer: Throat bars, do not apply as stated in the NSCP
2010?
24. What is the distance from the extreme fiber Answer: Group of parallel reinforcing
in compression to the centroid of the tension bars bundled in contact to act as a unit
steel area? shall be limited to four in any one bundle.
Answer: effective depth
35. The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles
25. What is the condition where the tension when used must be? (NSCP 2010, 307.6.3)
steel strain reaches the yielding strain Answer: 250 mm
simultaneously with the concrete reaching
the crushing strain which is usually 0.003? 36. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain:
Answer: balanced strain Answer: Modulus of elasticity
26. The allowable stresses for tension in the 37. As per NSCP 2010, the minimum slab
structural steel in terms of gross area is thickness of slabs shall not be less than__
Answer: 0.60 Fy Answer: 100mm
27. The maximum bending stress a wood beam 38. In spirally reinforced or tied reinforcement
must resist is 3000 ft-pounds. If the compression members, clear distance
maximum allowable bending stress is 1500 between longitudinal (vertical) bars shall not
psl, what is the minimum section modulus be less than 40mm nor
the beam, must have to resist bending? Answer: 1.5 db
Answer?
39. The slenderness ratio (KL/r) of compression
28. Design yield stress for steel in tension and members shall not exceed to___
compression is Answer: 200
Answer: 0.87 Fy
40. The unit weight for concrete can be
29. The total lateral force or based shear V determined as
given by V = ZIKCSW where Z is a Answer: 23.6kN/m3
numerical coefficient that depends on the
seismic zone in which the structure is
41. As stated in the NSCP 2010 provisions 52. Which of the following assumption holds
407.7.1 for one-way slab design the true?
minimum clear spacing between parallel Answer: Steel would yield first
bars shall be either diameter of the bars or
___. 53. Find the depth of the equivalent stress block
Answer: 25mm (a)
Answer: 216.302mm
42. The minimum bar spacing should not be
less than the: 54. Determine the maximum allowable moment
a. Diameter of the largest bar (Mn)
b. Maximum size of aggregate Answer: 127.210kN-m
c. All of the above
Answer: None of the above 55. In any one bundle, groups of parallel
reinforcing bars bundled in contract to act as
43. The diameter of the stirrups according to the a unit shall be limited to a maximum of
NSCP 2010 should not be less than Answer: four
Answer: 10mm
56. Development length or the development of a
44. The effective area in resisting shear of rolled required length of rebar is provided in a
and fabricated shaped may be take as: reinforced concrete beam is for what major
Answer: Overall depth times the web purpose?
thickness Answer: to allow the steel to reach its
maximum strength and prevent slippage
45. To achieve the most economical design, the of bars
spacing of stirrups at mid span section
___compared to that of support section 57. The design is said to be under reinforced if
Answer: must be decreased the pact is __ pmin?
Answer: greater than
46. What is the minimum concrete cover for
primary reinforcement of the beams or 58. Piles that are driven at an inclination to
colums not exposed to earth or water for resist forces that are not vertical are called:
precast manufactured under plant control Answer: batter piles
conditions?
Answer: db but not less than 15mm and 59. A buried plate or block tied to and forming
need not exceed 40mm an anchorage for sheet pilling or for a
retaining wall is a:
47. Slab should be design as one-way slab if the Answer: Dead Man
ratio(m) of the shorter side over the longer
side of the slab is 60. A method used advantageously in driving
Answer: m<0.5 piled in sand, gravel or soft packed clay due
to high resistance offered by these materials
48. In column, the ratio of its effective length to to piles driven by hammer is called:
its least radius of gyration os called: Answer: Jetting
Answer: Slenderness ratio
61. The most important factor affecting the
49. Determine the minimum steel-concrete ratio strength of concrete is:
(pmin) Answer: Water-Cement Ratio
Answer: 0.0033
62. The milk layer composed of cement and fine
50. Determine the actual steel-concrete ratio aggregate on the upper surface of the
(pact) concrete mass during curing process due to
Answer: 0.011 an excess amount of water used:
Answer: Laitance
51. Determine the max steel-concrete ratio
(pmax) 63. The stresses that cause crack in reinforced
Answer: 0.0213 concrete beams that are vertical at the
center of the span and become more
inclined as they approach the supports
where they slope at an angle of about 45
degrees:
Answer: Diagonal Tension
64. A bearing pile surrounded by earth and

supported entirely by friction; carries no load
at its end:
Answer: Friction pile
65. Have the effect of delaying the onset of

hardening and usually also reducing the rate
of the reaction when it does start.
Answer: Retardant
66. Used to give plasticity or cohesion, mainly to

mortars, but sometimes also to concrete.
They function by entraining large, amount of
air and they therefore reduce strength.
Answer: Plasticizer
67. Means of spreading foundation loads over a

wide are thus minimizing bearing pressure
and limiting
Answers: Combined Foundation
68. In the general column formula, the term L/r

is known as:
69. The following are non- destructive tests in

concrete except
a. Pulse velocity
b. Pull-out test
c. Rebound hammer
d. Penetration
70. In a long column (slenderness ratio> 160)

which of the following has the greatest
influence on its tendency to buckle under a
compressive load?
Answer: length of column
71. Honey comb in concrete can limited by the

Answer: use of vibrator
72. Flexural members will overall depth to clear

span of ratios greater than 2/5 for comtinous
spans, 4/5 simple spans, is know as and
should be designed as:
Answer: Deep beam
JANUARY 2019 CE EXIT
CO1. Determine the values of reactions at the

supports, values of shearing, force and
bending moments of statically determinate ____7. What is the max moment for a restrained
beams; beam?
a. wL2/8 b. wL3/12
____1. A simple beam supports a 30 kN/m uniform load C. wL3/8 D. wL2/12
occupying the whole span of m. The maximum moment
developed is _____8. Calculate the “second moment of area”
a. 120 kN-m b. 135 kN-m of a rectangular section with base of 50mm and
c. 270 kN-m d. 540 kN-m
height of 100mm.
a. 5000 mm4 b. 500000 mm4
___2. From the simply supported beam shown, c. 4166667 mm4 d. 343333 mm4
calculate the reaction at A?
____ 9. Compute the shear modulus of a steel if
E=200,000Mpa and the Poisson’s ratio is 0.50.
a. 71428.57 MPa b. 67870.04 MPa
c. 76923.07 MPa d. 68670.06 MPa
____10. The 100-lb resultant of the four forces

together with three of those four forces is shown
in the figure. Determine the fourth force.
a. 342.72 KN
b. 502.73 KN
c. 657.27 KN
d. 817.27 KN
___3. Calculate the “second moment of area” of a

rectangular section with base of 50mm and height of
100mm.
a. 5000 mm4 b. 500000 mm4
c. 4166667 mm4 d. 343333 mm4
____4.0. Two forces of 200 N and 300 N pull in a

horizontal plane on a vertical post. If the angle
between them is 85°, what angle does it make
with the 200-N force?
A. 32.1 degrees A. 130.4 lb
B. 42.5 degrees B. 202.6 lb
C. 52.9 degrees C. 342.5 lb
D. 460.2 lb
D. 70.8 degrees
____5. When a beam is loaded, the new position CO2. Determine the of values of reactions at
of its longitudinal centroid axis is called the supports, values of shearing force and
bending moments of statically indeterminate
a) deflected shape b) parabolic curve beams (continuous beams and restrained
c) elastic curve d) inelastic curve beams) using the Three-Moment Equation
and the Moment Distribution Methods
_____
6. From the simply supported beam shown,
calculate the reaction at B? ___11. The maximum bending stress a wood
beam must resist is 3000 ft-pounds. If the
maximum allowable bending stress is 1500 psi,
what is the minimum section modulus the beam,
must have to resist bending?
a. 10011.13 mm3 b. 20022.25 mm3

c. 33370.4mm3 d. 393,289.5 mm3
For No. 12 – 15: Using the figure below determine the

following:
a. 342.72 KN
b. 502.73 KN
c. 657.27 KN
d. 817.27 KN
A. 30 kN-m
B. 10 kN-m
C. 20 kN-m
D. 25 kN-m
17. From the given shear diagram shown, all shear

forces are all in kN, locate the point of zero moment
from the right end.
12. Determine the reaction (Rc) at point A.
a. -84 kN b. 84 kN A. 2.75 m
c. -168 kN d. 168 kN B. 3.25 m
C. 4.75 m
13. Determine the maximum moment of the beam. D. 5.75 m
a. 84 kN-m b. 168 kN-m
c. 294 kN-m d. 336 kN-m
___18. A point in each normal section of a
member through which the axis passes and about
14. Determine the force reaction on A of given beam which the section twists
system.
a) centroid b) shear center
c) center of gravity d) none of the above
_____19. A simple beam has a span of 6m with

two concentrated loads of 20KN each placed at the
third points of the span. If the extreme fiber stress
is 10MPa, determine the required section modulus.
a. 2x106mm3
A. 22.08 kN b. 4x106mm3
B. 125.0 kN c. 6x106mm3
C. 147.08 kN d. 10x106mm3
D. 137.92 kN
___20. Compute the shear modulus G of a steel having
a Poisson’s ratio of 0.30.
CO3. Draw the shear and moment diagram E
G=
2 (1+ )
forces are all in kN, calculate the maximum A. 11153.85 MPa
concentrated load. B. 76923.08 MPa
C. 132453.85 MPa
D. 174432.12 MPa
CO4. Design and investigate simple timber

and steel structures
A. 20 kN
___21. The steel materials are to be butt joined
using a fillet weld. The thicker material is 8.5mm.
B. 40 kN
What is the minimum size of the fillet weld?
C. 25 kN
D. 30 kN
a. 3.0mm b. 7.5mm
c. 6.0mm d. 5.0mm
16. From the given shear diagram shown, all shear ____22. The maximum bending stress a wood
forces are all in kN, calculate the maximum negative
moment.
a. 10011.13 mm3 b. 20022.25 mm3

c. 33370.4mm3 d. 4004451 mm3
___23. A wide flange section is used as a beam to carry ___31. The maximum deflection for a simply
a total shear of 900KN. If the depth of the wide flange supported beam with concentrated loads at
section is 600mm, determine the required web
thickness. Fy= 250Mpa.
midspan is equal to:
a. 20mm b. 25mm a) PL3 b) PL3
c. 15mm d. 10mm 84EI 48EI
c) PL 3
d) PL3
___24. A Wide-Flange Section W21x62 has a nominal
4EI 3E
depth of ___millimeters.
____32. The greatest stress which a material is
a. 472 b. 533 c. 635
d. 826 capable of developing without a permanent
deformation remaining upon the complete release
____25. How is camber treated in a steel truss of stress is called
25 meters and longer?
a) allowable stress
a) camber shall be approximately equal to 1% of b) moment of inertia
the span c) bending stress
b) camber shall be approximately equal to the d) proportional limit
dead load deflection
c) camber shall be approximately equal to 0.8% ____33. Is a horizontal truss system that serves
of the span plus 1/3 the dead load deflection the same function as a diaphragm?
d) camber shall be approximately equal to 0.5%
of the span plus ½ the live load deflection a. Building frame system b. Braced frame
c. Horizontal bracing system d. Collector
___26. The allowable stresses for tension in
structural steel in terms of gross area is taken ____34. The modulus of elasticity of steel is
___% of specified allowable yield stress. a. 100GPa b. 200GPa
c. 200MPa d. 100MPa
a. 50 b. 60 c. 75 d. 85
_____35. What is the distance from the extreme
___27. The allowable tensile stress of structural steel fiber in compression to the centroid of the tension
based on effective net area is taken ___% of specified steel area?
ultimate tensile stress. a. Tension depth
a. 50 b. 60 c. 75 b. extreme distance
d. 85
c. Effective depth
d. centroid distance
___28. The allowable bearing stress on projected area
between bolts and steel plate is taken ___ of Fu.
a. 0.3 b. 0.85 c. 1.0 CO5. Incorporate relevant provisions of the
d. 1.2 National Building/Structural Code upon the
results of such design and investigations.
____29. Which of the following criterion is NOT
applicable for plug and slot welds? ___ 36. Under the AISC Method of evaluating the
maximum safe load of a steel column, the column
a) the thickness of plug/slot welds in material constant is
16mm or less in thickness shall be equal to the
thickness of the material a. 2π2E b. π2 E c. 5π2E d. 3π2E
b) the minimum center to center spacing in a
longitudinal direction on any line shall be 2 times
√ Fy √ Fy √ Fy √ Fy
the length of the slot

As per Section 5.3.3 of NSCP, the nominal
c) the thickness of plug or slot welds in material
maximum sizes of coarse aggregate should be
over 16mm in thickness shall be at leas ½ times
greater than
the of the material but not less than 16mm
37.____ the narrowest dimension between
d) the width of the slot shall not be less than the
sides of forms,
thickness of the part containing it plus 8mm nor
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
shall it be greater than 2-1/2 times the thickness
b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
of the weld
38____ the depth of slabs, or
___30. To determine the proper installation of
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
bolts in wood trusses, the nuts should be
b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
a. welded to the washers
39___ the minimum clear spacing between
b. tight and the washers in uniform contact
individual reinforcing bars.
with the surface wood
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
c. tensioned by the “turn of the nut”
b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
d. tight and washers embedded in the wood
to depth equal to the washer thickness
____40. Which of the following criteria for bundled
bars, do NOT apply?
a. Bars larger than 32 mm shall not be bundled in c) 0.003 d) 0.004
beams
b. Bundle bars shall be enclosed within stirrups or
ties ___ 48. It is the sidewise bending or displacement
accompanied by twisting about minor or weaker axis
c. Group of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in
contact to act as a unit shall be limited to four in
a. yielding b. deflection c.
any one bundle crippling d. buckling
d. Individual bars within a bundle terminated ____49. In column, the ratio of its effective
within the span of flexural members shall length to its least radius of gyration is called
___41. Roof liveloads shall be assumed to act: a. moment of inertia c. slenderness ratio
b) development length d) ratio and proportion
a. vertically upon the area projected on the
horizontal
b. normal to the surface area of the roof
___ 50. The allowable stress for compression members
c. vertically upon the surface area of the roof
whose largest effective slenderness ratio of any
d. d. all of the above
unbraced segment is less than the square root of [22E
/ Fy] as per AISC Standards is___.
a. {1 – [(kL/r)2 / 2Cc2]} * Fy/FS

b. 122E / [23*(kL/r)2]
c. . 2E Fy / [1.6 – (L/200r)
d. d. 5/3 + 3(kL/r) / 8Cc – (kL/r)3 / 8Cc3
___42. It refers to the occupancy load which is

either partially in place or fully in place or may
not be present at all is called:
a) Live load b) Dead load 51. In computing net area, the width of a rivet or bolt
c) Concentrated load d) Distributed load hole shall be taken as ___mm greater than the nominal
dimension of the hole normal to the direction of applied
___43. The slenderness ratio of compression members stress.
shall not exceed____.
a. 300 b. 150 c. 400 a. 1.2 b. 2.5 c. 1.6
d. 200 d. 2.0
6. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain:

a) Ratio and proportion b) Moment of
Inertia
c) Modulus of elasticity d) Slenderness ratio
___52. For relatively short fittings such as splice or
___44. The recommended design value of k-factor for gusset plates used as statically loaded connecting
both ends pin connected. elements, the net area An shall not exceed ___% of the
a. 0.5 b. 1.0 c. 0.7 gross area Ag.
d. 2.0
a. 50 b. 60 c. 75
___45. In T-beam construction, the flange and d. 85
web being built integrally, the width of the slab
___53. It is the ability of a material like steel to undergo
effective as T-beam flange shall not exceed one large inelastic deformation without failure.
quarter of the span length of the beam and the a. malleability b. tenacity c.
effective overhanging flange width on each side of hardness d. ductility
the web shall not exceed:
___54. It is an imaginary distance from the centroidal
a) eight times the slab thickness axis at which the entire area can be assumed to exist
b) one-half the clear distance to the next web without affecting the moment of inertia.
c) smaller of the above a. centroid b. shear center c.
eccentricity d. radius of gyration
d) 500mm
____55. In addition to consideration of direct
___46. The critical slenderness ratio is the upper limit
of elastic buckling failure, where its average column
wind pressure on a building’s surface, model
stress is equal to ___. building codes require consideration of which of
a. 0.5Fy b. 1.0Fy c. the following?
0.75Fy d. 2.0Fy
a. A roof uplift force of approximately 50 to
____47. Maximum usable strain at extreme 75 percent of lateral pressure
concrete compression fiber shall be assumed to b. A negative pressure of 4 times the positive
be equal to pressure when the windward wall is open
a) 0.001 b) 0.002
c. A vibration load equal to lateral force at a d. Three-fourth the diameter of longitudinal steel
frequency equal to the building frequency
d. A 50 percent increase of pressure on _____63. The Maximum strength attained in concrete
windward walls in which windows occur in limit state design is generally taken as
a. fck b. 0.67 fck c. 0.45
fck d. 0.30 fck
____56. In the strength design method (NSCP
2015), the ultimate load is computed as: _____64 The Pitch of helixes in circular columns shall
not exceed
a. 1.2 LL +1.6 DL b. 1.6DLx1.2LL a. 25 mm b. 50 mm c. 60
c. 1.6 LL + 1.2 DL d. 1.2DLx1.6LL mm d. 75 mm
_____65. The Minimum pitch of the helical

____57. As a seismic requirement for flexural
reinforcement in circular columns should be
members where hoops are required. How are the
a. 25 mm b. 40 mm
remaining portions of a beam treated with c. 50 mm d. 60 mm
transverse reinforcement other than those
required with hoops?
a) Where hoops are not required, stirrups shall CO6. Design/Investigate simple
be spaced at no more than d/2 throughout the reinforced concrete structures
b) Where the hoops are required, cross ties shall ____ 66. What is a steel element such as wire,
be spaced at no more than d/3 throughout the cable,
length of the member bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements,
c) Where hoops are not required, hoops shall used to impart pre-stress to concrete?
continue except that spacing shall not be more a) Pre stress cables b) Reinforcements
than d/2 c) Tenon cables d) Tendon
d) Where hoops are not required, closed stirrups
shall be spaced at no more than d/4 throughout ____67 Good seismic design practice recognizes
the length of the member of the following conditions as vertical
irregularities in the design of seismic-resistive
____58. The minimum reinforcement ratio buildings?
provided by the code is taken ___ / fy. I. Reentrant corner
a. 1.0 b. 1.2 II. Weight irregularity
b. c. 1.4 d. 1.6 III. In-plane discontinuity in vertical bracing
IV. Soft story
____59. A composite member with laterally tied
concrete around a steel core (of design yield a. I, II and IV only b. I, II, III and IV
strength not to exceed 350Mpa) shall have c. II, III and IV onlyd. I and IV only
vertical spacing of lateral ties shall not exceed
_____ 68. A _______________ is a vertical
a) 16 longitudinal bar diameter or 48 tie diameter element that resists lateral forces in the plane of
b) ½ times the least side dimension of the the wall through shear and bending. Such a wall
composite member acts as a beam cantilevered out of the ground or
c) any of the above foundations, and part of its strength derives from
d) none of the above its depths. Examples are interior wall of a multi-
storey building, enclosing stairways, elevator
____60. For beam with a slab on one side only, shafts and mechanical chases which are mostly
the effective overhanging flange width shall not solid and run the entire height of the building.
exceed
a. Tension Wall b. Shear Wall
a) 1/12 the span length of the beam c. Standing Wall d. Screen Wall
b) 6 times the slab thickness
c) ½ the clear distance to the next web _____69. Buckling of column can be reduced by
d) any of the above which of the following? Check the four that apply.
A. Increasing the size of the member
B. Rotating the column
_____61. Which of the following method that is used C. Bracing the column
to taken into account the slenderness effect of columns
D. Changing the type of the restraints
according to IS:456 - 2000
E. Reducing the length of the column
a. Reduction coefficient method
b. Slenderness method F. Reducing the radius of gyration
c. Moment magnification method
d. None of the above a. A, B, D, F b. C, D, E, F
c. A, C, D, E d. A, B, C, D
_____62. According to IS:456, the diameter of the
helices in circular a column shall be at least ____70. In any one bundle, groups of parallel
a. The diameter of longitudinal steel reinforcing bars bundled in contract to act as a
b. One-half the diameter of longitudinal steel unit shall be limited to a maximum of
c. One-fourth the diameter of longitudinal steel
a) three b) four
c) five d) six
____71. The purpose of prestressing concrete

members is to
a. respond to the creep characteristics of

concrete
b. eliminate beam deflection
c. reduce tensile stresses resulting from loads
d. transfer loads to non-structural members
____ 72. A structure will have a better chance of

surviving an earthquake if which of the following is
true?
a. The load-bearing members are not equally loaded

b. The structure has redundancy
c. Principal members change section abruptly
d.All columns and walls are discontinuous.
_____73. The recommended deflection criteria due to

wind loading on a brick vender wall utilizing a metal
stud back-up system is:
a. L/600 b. L/400
c. L/360 d. L/720
_____78. Determine the maximum allowable moment
_____74. A building form that is ideal for resistance to
(Mn)
earthquake forces would be characterized of the
a. 444.444 kN-m b. 476.020 kN-m
following? Check the two that apply.
c. 472.220 kN-m d. 584.380 kN-m
A. Symmetrical about a reentrant corner
B. Symmetrical in plan.
C. Heavier at the base than at the top
(Mn)
D. Asymmetrical in plan
a. 444.444 kN-m b. 476.020 kN-m
E. Long linear plan
c. 472.220 kN-m d. 584.380 kN-m
F. Asymmetrical in elevation
_____79. Determine the minimum steel-concrete ratio
a. A, F b. A, E
(ρmin)
c. B, C d. C, D
a. 0.00297 b. 0.00337
c. 0.00333 d. 0.00355
____ 75. For normal weight concrete, the modulus of
elasticity of concrete Ec, may be taken as
_____80. Determine the actual steel-concrete ratio
a) 1700 b) 2700
(ρact)
c) 3700 d) 4700 a. 0.0068 b. 0.0079
c. 0.0071 d. 0.0083
_____76. One-way concrete slab are used when:
_____81. Determine the max. steel-concrete ratio
a. The slab is being supported by two parallel beams (ρmax)
b. The slab has no cantilevered portion a. 0.0205 b. 0.0227
c. The concrete slab is reinforced on the near bottom c. 0.0209 d. 0.0229
side
d. The concrete slab is sloping to the all side _____82. Which of the following assumptions holds
true?
____ 77. For beam with a slab on one side only, the a. Concrete would yield first
effective overhanging flange width shall not exceed b. Steel would not yield first
c. Concrete and steel would both yield
a. 1/12 the span length of the beam d. None of the above
b. 6 times the slab thickness
c. ½ the clear distance to the next web ____ 83. Determine the area of the steel
d. any of the above reinforcement (AT)
a. 1547.00 mm2 b. 1797.25 mm2
2
For No. 78 – 83 Using Ultimate strength design, c. 1615.25 mm d. 1888.25 mm2
determine the following.
____84. In order to achieve economy, the spacing of
stirrups at mid span section _____ compared to that of
support section
a. May be decreased
b. May be increased
c. Must be kept equal
d. None of the above
_____85. Minimum steel required in slabs is mainly
controlled by the following consideration
a. Cracking on the tension side
b. Shrinkage and creep
c. Both (a) and (b)
d. None of the above.
RC Technology
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
IDENTIFICATION: Choose the letter of the correct answer from the choices below.
a_____1. A mixture of water, cement, sand, gravel, or other aggregates.

i_____2. The nominal maximum sizes of coarse aggregate should be greater than _(2)__ the narrowest
j_____3.dimension between sides of forms, _(3)_ the depth of slabs,
g_____4. or _(4)_ the minimum clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars.
y_____5.The shortest length in meters of a commercially available rebar.
m_____6.Aggregates that passes through a No. 4 sieve (about 6mm in size).
o_____7.The nominal diameter of #8 rebar in mm
p_____8.It is the 28th day compressive strength of concrete.
k_____9.The maximum number or rebar in a bundled bar.
n_____10.The longest length in meters of a commercially available rebar.
b_____11.The load factor for a dead load.
d_____12.The load factor for a live load.
d_____13.The load factor for a wind load.
c_____14.A composite member consisting of concrete and reinforcing bars.
t_____15.The strength reduction factor for flexure is ___.
e_____16.The nominal diameter of #3 rebar in mm
q_____17.It is the yield strength of steel rebar.
s_____18.The maximum usable strain for concrete is ___.
h_____19.Aggregates that are retained through a No. 4 sieve (about 6mm in size).
r_____20.The Code limits the tensile steel percentage to ensure what kind of failure?
u_____21.Over reinforced design of concrete will experience what kind of failure?
w_____22. What is the standard weight in kilograms of one bag Portland cement?
l_____23. The value of ß1 if the fc’ is less than 30MPa.
v_____24. The maximum reinforcement ratio provided by the code is taken ___% of p bal.
b_____25. The minimum reinforcement ratio provided by the code is taken ___ / fy.
Choices:
a. concrete b. 1.4 c. reinforced concrete d. 1.7 e. 10
f. 1.87 g. ¾ h. coarse aggregates i. 1/5 j. 1/3
k. 4 l. 0.85 m. fine aggregates n. 12 o. 25
p. Fc’ q. Fy r. ductile s. 0.003 t. 0.9
u. Brittle v. 75 w. 40 x. 1.4 y. 6
TRUE OR FALSE
f_______1.Water coming from clear canals can be mixed in concrete.

t_______2. Reinforcing steel is strong in tension.
t_______3. The higher the water cement ratio, the lower the strength of the concrete.
t_______4. Deformed rebar is better than plain rebar.
f_______5. Tables and chairs inside a classroom is considered Dead Load.
f_______6. Live loads for classrooms are larger than that of the libraries.
f_______7. Elongated gravel is much better than rounded gravel.
t_______8. Under reinforced design is more preferred by designers other than the over reinforced design.
f_______9. A slump of zero means high workability.
t_______10. Concrete is strong in compression
AR – BOARD EXAM REVIEW
REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGN
Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
1. For a reinforced concrete spandrel beam, the effective overhanging flange shall not exceed the smallest
a. 1
/4 Lb
b. 1/12 Lb
c. 8t
d. 6t
2. A reinforced concrete beam simply supported only. b=380mm, h=700mm, cover=80mm, f'c =35Mpa,
fy=400Mpa. Determine the maximum allowable area of the steel reinforcement in mm2.
3. For the reinforced concrete beam shown, what is the depth of the neutral axis from the compression face
at the ultimate strength level?
As = 4000 mm2 f y 7 00 M P a f ' c 3 0
MPa
Mu 619 KN-m
Ans. 110.73 mm
4. What is the mode of failure for short columns at which the concrete reaches its limit strain εu at precisely
the same instant that the tensile steel on the far side of the column reaches yield strain εy?
Answer: Balance Failure
5. Given: Es = 29, 000 ksi

Econcrete = 6, 00 ksi
What is the modular ratio?
Solution:
Es
n=
Ec
29,000
n=
6,000
n = 4.833
Ans. n = 4.833
6. What is the max Vs (shear carried by the stirrups)?

2
Ans. f 'c
3
7. Determine the maximum allowable steel area Asmax ro the rectangular steel section.
f’c= 5000 psi
Fy= 50 000 psi
Ans. Asmax= 9.75 in2
8. Determine the nominal flexural shear strength Mn of the rectangular section. ( answer in ft-kips)
Ans. 398.61 ft-kips

Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
9. What is the distance from the extreme fiber in compression to the centroid of the tension steel area?
Ans. Effective depth
10. The maximum useable strain at the extreme concrete compression fiber shall
be assumed to be equal to ____
11. A burried plate, wall or block attached at some distance from and forming an
anchorage for retaining wall.
a. deadman
b. pile
C. curb
d. anchor plate
12. It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door, window, etc. to carry
the wall over the opening.
13. What will happen to the concrete strength if the water-to-cement ratio decreases?
A) Concrete strength increases, porosity decreases, solid-to-space ratio increases
B) Concrete strength increases, porosity decreases, solid-to-space ratio decreases
C) Concrete strength decreases, porosity increases, solid-to-space ratio increases
D) Concrete strength decreases, porosity increases, solid-to-space ratio decreases
Answer: A
14. What is the property of concrete by which it continues to deform with time under sustained loads at unit
stresses within acceptable elastic range?
a. Shrinkage
b. Creep
c. Elasticity
d. Rigidity
Answer: B
15. Honeycomb structures exhibit:

I. small arches with chain particles
II. has a void ratio of 0.91 for a simple cubic packing
III. has a void ratio of 0.35 for pyramidal packing
IV. Negative relative densities
a. I,II, III only
b. I, III only
c. I, II, III, IV
d. I, IV
Answer: d
16. What is the condition where the tension steel strain reaches the yielding strain simultaneously with the
concrete reaching the crushing strain which is usually 0.003?
a.under-reinforced
b.over reinforced
c.simply reinforced
d.balanced strain
Answer: D
17. What is a material that has adhesive and cohesive properties enabling it to bound mineral fragments into
a solid mass in the presence of water
a. adhesives
b. hydraulic cement
c. aggregates
d. admixtures
Ans. b.
18. What materials have adhesive and cohesive properties necessary to bond inert aggregates into a solid
mass of adequate strength and durability?
a. Admixtures d. Cementitious Materials
b. Adhering Materials e. None of the above
c. Inorganic Materials
Answer: d. Cementitious Materials
19. What is generated when compounds in cement react with water to acquire stable low-energy states? Give
the specific term.
Answer: Heat of Hydration
20. What compounds reduce the interparticle forces that exist between cement grains in the fresh paste;
thereby increasing the paste fluidity/
Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. Admixtures d. Asphalts
b. Plasticizers e. None of the above
c. Bitumens
Answer: b. Plasticizers
21. In mixes exposed to water, what is the term used to refer to the separation of aggregate from the
bitumen due to the faster adsorption of water on the aggregate surface? Answer: slippage
22. A parameter used for estimating strength of concrete .
a. air entrainment –contains small amount of entrapped air which is present in the form of small
disconnected air bubbles uniformly distributed throughout the mass.
b. water-cement ratio
c. bleeding – natural separation of a liquid from a liquid-solid or semisolid mixture.
d. segregation- keeping apart of process streams, non-uniform distribution of alloying elements,
impurities or microphases, resulting in localized concentrations.
e. none of the above
Ans. b. water-cement ratio
23. It is the property of fresh concrete which is the ability to flow under momentum transfer or under
mechanical stress?
a. air entrainment
b. stability - property of completed mixture that enables it to withstand the stresses
imposed on it by moving wheel loads without sustaining substantial
permanent deformation.
c. mobility
d. placeability
Ans. C. mobility
24.True or False: As water to cement ratio increases, there is progressive weakening due to increase in
porosity.
Ans. True
25. It is a temporary dam-like structure constructed around an excavation to exclude water.

a. cofferdam
b. earth dam
c. excavation wall
d. retaining wall
26. Which of the following is NOT a property of hardened hydraulic cement concrete?
a. economy
b. durability
c. density
d. workability
Ans. D
27. Which of the following properties of aggregates has the LEAST influence to the quality of concrete?
a. grading or maximum comparative sizes of the particles
b. amounts and kinds of impurities in the aggregates
c. color, texture, and shape of the aggregates
d. durability of the aggregates, or their resistance to fire and exposure to weathering
Ans. C
28. Which of the following will minimize the cracking of pavement due to thermal expansion?
a. compaction of subgrade
b. provide expansion joints and sectional pouring of concrete
c. consistency of concrete mixed
d. insurance of strength of materials
I. STRUCTURAL
a. wL2/2 b. wL2/4 c. wL2/8 d. wL2/10



a. 100N b. zero c. 0.04 MPa d. 200N
hardened solid.

II. NSCP

a. 25mm b. 16mm c. 28mm d. 36mm

a. 50mm b. 75mm c. 100mm d. 150mm
a. 0.70 b. 0.75 c. 0.85 d. 0.90
a. L/20 b. L/24 c. L/10 d. L/28
a. 0.60m b. 0.80m c. 1.50m d. 2.0m
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 200mm d. 250mm
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 16mm d. 20mm
a. 75mm b. 100mm c. 125mm d. 150mm

a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
a. 30 b. 40 c. 50 d. 60
III. MISCELLANEOUS
a. pedestal
b. pier
c. slender column
d. wall
a. pre-stressing
b. pre-tensioning
c. post-tensioning
d. pre-casting
a. admixture
b. accelerator
c. hydraulic cement
a. wL/2
b. wL2/4
c. 1/2wL2
d. 1/8wL2

a. tie rods
b. piles
c. columns
d. beams

a. Pascal’s Law
b. Law of Gravity
c. Hooke’s Law
a. trusses
b. columns
c. towers
d. beams

a. Dead Loads
b. Seismic loads
c. Live loads
a. 100%
b. Zero
c. Minimum
d. Maximum
a. 100N
b. 100%
c. Zero
d. 100 lbs

a. stress
b. dead load
c. elasticity
d. torque
a. Dead loads
b. Snow loads
c. Varying loads
d. Moving Loads
a. normal stress
c. flexural stress
d. torsional stress

a. welds
b. splices
c. steel bolts
a. Bond
b. Shear
c. Bend
d. Epoxy
a. concrete
d. concrete block
a. Bearing wall
b. Shear wall
c. dike
d. dam
considered:
a. two-way slab
b. flat slab
c. ground slab
d. one-way slab
a. 0.6
b. 0.7
c. 0.8
d. 0.9
designers to use:
a. 0.001
b. 0.002
c. 0.003
d. 0.004
a. 20mm
b. 30mm
c. 40mm
d. 75mm

a. 16mm
b. 20mm
c. 25mm
d. 28mm
natural disaster?
a. weak story
b. soft story
c. story drift
d. multi-story

c. bracing system
d. frame

a. 3mm
b. 5mm
c. 6mm
d. 12mm
a. 20 KNm
b. 40 KNm
c. 60 KNm
d. 80 KNm

a. couple
b. reaction
c. equilibrant
d. moment

a. midspan
a. 36mm c. 32mm

a. 0.10-0.80
b. 0.01-0.08
c. 0.001-0.008
d. 0.0001-0.0008
a. beams
b. spread footings
c. two-way slabs
d. one-way slabs
a. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL + 1.4 EL
b. 1.7 DL + 1.4 LL + 1.7 EL
c. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL
d. 1.4 DL + 1.7 EL

a. Rigidity
b. Hardness
c. Stress
d. Stiffness
each other.
a. axial stress
b. bearing stress
c. shearing stress
d. flexural stress

a. bearing stress
b. thermal stress
c. allowable stress
d. strain
a. rupture stress
b. thermal stress
c. yield stress
d. creep

a. axial stress
b. bending stress
c. allowable stress
d. working stress

convex is called:

a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 40 mm d.) 50 mm
a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 30 mm d.) 40 mm

bonding?
a.) three c.) five
b.) four d.) six
a.) Tension limit
d.) None of these
less than
a.) 50mm b.) 75mm c.) 100mm d.) 125mm
d.) 500mm
a.) 3.0mm c.) 7.5mm
b.) 6.0mm d.) 5.0mm
a.) 200mm b.) 250mm c.) 300mm d.) 400mm
a.) 0.0001 b.) 0.003 c.) 0.002 d.) 0.004
a.)2 b.) 2 1/2 c.) 3 d.)3 ½
a.) 1.5 db b.) 2.0 db c.) 5.0db d.)1.0db
a.) 300mm b.) 400mm c.) 450mm d.) 550mm
concrete?
Piping
quality
PS grade 275
of the material
length of the slot
bundled.


Given: fc* = 21 MPa


a.) 55 mm b.) 60 mm c.) 75 mm d.)85 mm
a.) 8 db b.) 10 db c.) 12 d b d.) 16 db

a.) 20 mm b.) 40 mm
c.) 15 mm d.) 30 mm
called:
called:
a.) Live load
b.) Dead load


diaphragm?
bundled in beams
a.) 40 mm b.) 36 mm c.) 32 mm d.) 28 mm
a.) 300 mm b.)400 mm c.) 500 mm d.) 600 mm
a.) 250mm b.) 50mm
c.)750mm d.)1000mm

b.) Continuous beam
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.) 6000000 mm3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.) 1000000 mm3


is
b.) Continous beam
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.)6000000 mm 3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.)1000000 mm3
a.) 12 mm b.) 15 mm
c.)20 mm d.) 22 mm
the member
the member.

a.)1700 f'c b.)2700 f'c
c.) 3700 fc d.) 4700 f'c

a.) 4 db b.) 6 db c.) 8 db d.) 10db


a.)100mm b.) 150mm c.) 200mm d.) 250mm
a.) L/16 b.) L/18.50 c.) L/21 d.) L/8
a.)Flexural stress
b.) Punching moment
c.) Punching shear
d.) Single shears
Steel Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
elevators shall be:
a. 50% b. 100% c. 150% d. 200 %
a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300

a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300
a. 20mm b. 25mm c. 15mm d. 10mm
twisting
c. 8mm
d. 6mm
thickness:
c. 8mm
d. 6mm

d. all of the above

a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy d. 0.50Fu
Steel Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy d. 0.50Fu

a. 123 b. 196 c. 300 d. 92

a. 450 b. 530 c. 600 d. 720
a. 2.0 b. 1.2 c. 0.85 d. 1.6
a. 85 b. 65 c. 50 d. 75

a. 100000 b. 200000 c. 300000 d. 400000

rounded head.
taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6 b. 0.66 c. 0.75 d. 0.45
taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6 b. 0.66 c. 0.75 d. 0.45
a. wL2/12 b. wL2/10 c. wL2/8 d. wL2/20
kg/cu.m.
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______



follows:
Mux = 56x – 4x2 0' < x < 20’
Mux = -0.5x2 + 25x – 200 20’ < x < 30’
material.
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

ε
a.
b.
c.
a. region A
b. region B
c. region C
d. region D
σ
A B C D
G=80000MPa,


a. 265.22 mm b. 128.24 mm c. 162.78 mm d. 190.59 mm
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

+25
A E
the beam. -10
a. 15 KN-m -20
b. 20 KN-m 2m 2.5m 1.5m 2m
c. 25 KN-m
d. 30 KN-m
1000 kN
shown. 40 kN/m
a. 342.72 KN b. 502.73 KN
c. 657.27 KN d. 817.27 KN A B
a. 342.72 KN b. 502.73 KN
RA RB
c. 657.27 KN d. 817.27 KN 4m 4m 4m 6m 4m
that of the steel,
0.6m.
Steel
E=200 GPa
1.0m.
Bronze
A=900 mm2
E=83 GPa

a. 526.32 KN b. 485.77 KN c. 659.34 KN d. 394.19 KN
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

a. 0.25 b. 0.5 c. 1.0 d. 2.0
deformation.
a. Bettis Law
b. Maxwell’s Law

a. fictitious shear
c. fictitious load

a. wL2/8 b. wL3/12 c. wL3/8 d. wL2/12
parallel is..
Timber Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
area.
1
240
w kN/m
250 mm.
4 m.
is not exceeded?
200
20
40
90
100
20
a. 20.573 x 106 b. 30.573 x 106 c. 40.573 x 106 d. 10.573 x 106

Timber Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

L
240
a. 523.19 b. 924.16 c. 384.16 d. 478.431
__________13. A 2"x4"x1' lumber is:

the annual rings?

Structural Exit Exam 23 June 2018
CO1. Determine the values of reactions at the supports, a. 0 b. 1

values of shearing, force and bending moments of c. M/2 d. None of the above
statically determinate beams;
CO3. Draw the shear and moment diagram
1. Compute the shear modulus of a steel if E=200,000Mpa and the
Poisson’s ratio is 0.50. 11. The normal force exerted by a smooth horizontal surface towards
a. 71428.57 MPa b. 67870.04 MPa a 100-lb block acting on it is
c. 76923.07 MPa d. 68670.06 MPa a. 100 lbs b. zero c. 50 lbs d. 200 lbs
2. What states the “the moment of the resultant of 2 concurrent 12. What is the maximum moment of the beam shown? Ignore the
forces about any axis ┴ to the plane of forces is equal to the weight of the beam.
algebraic sum of the moments of the 2 forces about the same axis”?
a. Hooke’s Law b. Pythagorean theorem 2.6 kN/m
c. Varignon’s Theorem d. Betti’s Law
3. Among the following axioms of mechanics, which of the following

is INCORRECT? 12 m. 3 m.
a. The parallelogram law: The resultant of two forces is the
diagonal of the parallelogram formed on the vectors of a. 37.44 kN-m.b. 67.39 kN-m.
these forces. c. 84.2 kN-m. d. 137.76 kN-m.
b. Two forces are in equilibrium only when equal in
magnitude, opposite in direction, and collinear in action. For No. 13 – 15: Using the figure below determine the following
c. A set of forces in equilibrium may be added to any system
of forces thus changing the effect of the original system. 12 kN/m
d. Action and reaction forces are equal but oppositely
directed.
4. Snow loads, wind, pressure suction and earthquake loads and the
like are what type of loads? 8m
a. Dead Loads b. Live Loads 13.
c. Seismic Loads d. Environmental Loads Determine the reaction (RA) at point A.
a. -48 kN b. 48 kN c. -96 kN
5. These are referred to permanent loads or unmovable loads. d. 96 kN
a. Dead Loads b. Live Loads
c. Seismic Loads d. Environmental Loads 14. Determine the maximum moment of the beam.
a. -40 kN-m b. 40 kN-m
6. Calculate the moment of inertia of a rectangular section with a c. -96 kN-m d. 96 kN-m
base of 40 mm and height of 60 mm.
a. 160,000 mm4 b. 320,000 mm4 15. Determine the shear diagram of the beam.
c. 416,667 mm4 d. 720,000 mm4
7. A simple beam supports a 30 kN/m uniform load occupying the

whole span of m. The maximum moment developed is
a. 120 kN-m b. 135 kN-m
c. 270 kN-m d. 540 kN-m
8. A continuous beam simply supported over an 8 meter span carries

a linearly increasing distributed load of 50 kN/m starting from the left
most portion until the center of the span. Determine the support at
left most portion.
a. 33.33 kN b. 66.67 kN
c. 90.33 kN d. 133.33 kN
CO2. Determine the of values of reactions at the supports, a. A. b. C.

c. B. d. D.
values of shearing force and bending moments of
statically indeterminate beams (continuous beams O4. Design and investigate simple timber and steel structures
and restrained beams) using the Three-Moment
Equation and the Moment Distribution Methods 16. It is a type of truss having both vertical and diagonal members
between the upper and lower chords, with the diagonals sloping
9. A type of beam with fixed support and a roller support at the other toward the center.
end. a. Fink truss b. pratt truss
a. simple beam b. restrained beam c. arch truss d. warren truss
c. cantilever beam d. propped beam
17. An elevator cable will have its greatest tension when the elevator
10.. What is the distribution factor (DF) for a fixed support at the end car is moving
of a beam?
a. downward but coming to rest ___26. It is the ability of a material like steel to undergo large
b. upward at a constant speed inelastic deformation without failure.
c. upward but coming to rest a. malleability b. tenacity
d. downward at a constant speed c. hardness d. ductility
18. In structural steel design, structures carrying live load which ___27. In the strength design method (NSCP 2001), the ultimate load
induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently is computed as:
to provide for it. If not otherwise specified, the increase for supports a. 1.4LL+1.7DL b. 1.4DLx1.7LL
of elevators shall be: c. 1.7LL+1.4DL d. 1.2DLx1.7LL
a. 50% b. 100% c. 150% d. 200 %
____28. The minimum reinforcement ratio provided by the code is
19. The maximum size of fillet weld that may be used along edges of taken ___ / fy.
materials less than 6mm thick: a. 1.0 b. 1.2
c. 1.4 d. 1.6
c. 8mm
d. 6mm ____29. maximum usable strain extreme concrete compression fiber
shall be assumed to be equal to
20. The maximum size of fillet weld that may be used along edges of a. 0.001 b. 0.002
materials 6mm or more in thickness: c. 0.003 d. 0.004
b. Not greater than thickness of material less 1.6mm ____30. Which of the following values can be used as a concrete
c. 8mm cover for the primary reinforcement of cast-in-place concrete (non-
prestressed) beams as per NSCP?
d. 6mm
a. 20mm b. 75mm
21. The allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of b. c. 40mm d. 60mm
gross area is:
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy
d. 0.50Fu ___31. Under the AISC Method of evaluating the maximum safe
load of a steel column, the column constant is
22. The allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of
effective net area is: a. 2π2E b. π2E c. 5π2E d. 3π2E
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy √ Fy √ Fy √ Fy √ Fy
d. 0.50Fu
___32. The critical slenderness ratio is the upper limit of elastic
23. True/ False : Wood is stronger when load is ┴ to the grains. buckling failure, where its average column stress is equal to ___.
b. False c. Maybe d. Not Sure a. 0.5Fy b. 1.0Fy c. 0.75Fy
d. 2.0Fy
24. What is the distance from the extreme fiber in compression to the
centroid of the tension steel area? ___33. The allowable stress for compression members whose
a. Tension depth b. extreme distance largest effective slenderness ratio of any unbraced segment is less
c. Effective depth d. centroid distance than the square root of [22E / Fy] as per AISC Standards is___.
a. {1 – [(kL/r)2 / 2Cc2]} * Fy/FS
25. The shear strength of a steel I-beam is dependent on the b. 122E / [23*(kL/r)2]
a. thickness of flange b. width of flange c. . 2E Fy / [1.6 – (L/200r)
c. thickness of web d.. area of web
d. d. 5/3 + 3(kL/r) / 8Cc – (kL/r)3 / 8Cc3
CO5. Incorporate relevant provisions of the National
Building/Structural Code upon the results of such design and ___34. The allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on
investigations. effective net area is taken ___% of specified ultimate tensile stress.
a. 50 b. 60
26. Based on the AISC, what is the maximum slenderness ratio kL/r c. 75 d. 85
for tension members?
a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300 As per Section 5.3.3 of NSCP, the nominal maximum sizes of
coarse aggregate should be greater than
27. The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed:
a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300 35.____ the narrowest dimension between sides of forms,
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
28. Riveted and bolted splice and gusset plates and other connection b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
fittings subject to tensile force shall be design in accordance with
AISC requirements where the effective net area shall be taken as the 36____ the depth of slabs, or
actual net area except that, for the purpose of design calculations, it a. 1/3 b. 1/4
shall not be taken as greater than __. b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
a. 85% of gross area b. 90% of gross area
c. 70% of gross area d. 75% of gross area 37.____ the minimum clear spacing between individual
reinforcing bars.
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
___38 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must For No. 49 – 55: Using Ultimate strength design, determine the
be? (NSCP 307.6.3) unknown of the following, shown below is the cross-section of the
a. 250MM c. 350MM beam, having both an unfactored live load of 100kN and dead load of
200kN.
b. 300MM d. 400MM
Given:
___39. The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood db = 12 mm
475mm fc’ = 28 MPa
plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area
Fy = 475 MPa
in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60) Es = 200 GPa
a. 16MM c. 12MM 75mm
b. 14MM d.10MM
300mm
____40. Before commencing the excavation work, the person

making the excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the 49. Determine the maximum allowable moment (Mn)
a. 400.00 kN-m c. 488.889 kN-m
adjoining building not less than _____days before such excavation is
b. 444.444 kN-m d. 734.800 kN-m
to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)
a. 10days c. 30 days 50. Determine the minimum steel-concrete ratio (ρmin)
b. 20days d. 40days a. 0.0016 b. 0.0033
c. 0.0020 d. 0.0035
____41. As per IS: 456-2000, the maximum size of aggregate is
a. 1/4 of maximum thickness of member 51. Determine the actual steel-concrete ratio (ρact)
b. 1/4 of minimum thickness of member a. 0.011 b. 0.028
c. 1/5 of maximum thickness of member c. 0.016 d. 0.033
d. 1/5 of minimum thickness of member
52. Determine the max. steel-concrete ratio (ρmax)
_____ 42. As per IS: 456-2000, modulus of elasticity of concrete (in a. 0.0131 b. 0.0183
N/mm2) is given by c. 0.0227 d. 0.0316
a. 5700 vfCK b. 5000 vfCK
c. 3700 vfCK d. 3000 vfCK 53. Which of the following assumptions holds true?
a. Concrete would yield first
_____ 43. As per IS:1139, the characteristic yield strength for cold b. Steel would yield first
twisted deformed bars is c. Concrete and steel would both yield
a. 250 N/mm2 b. 415 N/mm2 d. None of the above
c. 500 N/mm2 d. 550 N/mm2
54. Determine the area of the steel reinforcement (AT)
_____ 44. The development length of bars in compression is taken a. 470.25 mm2 b. 2607.75 mm2
as c. 2280.0 mm2 d. 3990.00 mm2
a. 30 times bar diameter
b. 40 times bar diameter [ 55. Determine the number of the tension reinforcement (n)
c. 50 times bar diameter a. 5 b. 24
d. 12 times bar diameter c. 21 d. 35
_____45. Minimum number of bars for a circular column 56. Which of the following is NOT a property of hardened hydraulic
a. Four b. Five c. Six d. Eight cement concrete?
a. economy
CO6. Design/Investigate simple reinforced concrete structures b. durability
c. density
46. What is the max Vs (shear carried by the stirrups)? d. workability
1 2 2
a. f ' c b. f 'c c. f 'c d. f 'c 57. The process of hardening of concrete in the presence of water is
3 5 3
called
a. Creep
47. The maximum useable strain at the extreme concrete
b. Hydration
compression fiber shall
c. Shrinkage
d. Curing
a. 0.003 b. 0.002 c. 0.001 d. 0.004
58. The continuous strain, which the concrete undergoes due to
48. What will happen to the concrete strength if the water-to-cement
ratio decreases? application of external loads is called
a. Creep
a. Concrete strength increases, porosity decreases, solid-to-
b. Bleeding
space ratio increases
c. Workability
b. Concrete strength increases, porosity decreases, solid-to-
d. Segregation
space ratio decreases
c. Concrete strength decreases, porosity increases, solid-to-
59. Slump test of concrete is a measure of its
a. Consistency
d. Concrete strength decreases, porosity increases, solid-to-
space ratio decreases b. Compressive strength
c. Tensile strength
d. Impact value Answer : A
60. Specific weight of Reinforced cement concrete is

a. 24 N/m3 b. 24 kN/m3
c. 25 N/m3 d. 25 kN/m3
RC Technology
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

Choices:
u. Brittle v. 75 w. 40 x. 1.4 y. 6
TRUE OR FALSE

Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. 1
/4 Lb
b. 1/12 Lb
c. 8t
d. 6t
As = 4000 mm2 f y 7 00 M P a f ' c 3 0
MPa
Mu 619 KN-m
Ans. 110.73 mm
5. Given: Es = 29, 000 ksi

Solution:
Es
n=
Ec
29,000
n=
6,000
n = 4.833
Ans. n = 4.833

2
Ans. f 'c
3
f’c= 5000 psi
Fy= 50 000 psi
Ans. 398.61 ft-kips

Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. deadman
b. pile
C. curb
d. anchor plate
Answer: A
a. Shrinkage
b. Creep
c. Elasticity
d. Rigidity
Answer: B

a. I,II, III only
b. I, III only
c. I, II, III, IV
d. I, IV
Answer: d
a.under-reinforced
b.over reinforced
c.simply reinforced
d.balanced strain
Answer: D
a. adhesives
b. hydraulic cement
c. aggregates
d. admixtures
Ans. b.
the specific term.
Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
c. Bitumens
mechanical stress?
a. air entrainment
c. mobility
d. placeability
Ans. C. mobility
porosity.
Ans. True

a. cofferdam
b. earth dam
c. excavation wall
d. retaining wall
a. economy
b. durability
c. density
d. workability
Ans. D
Ans. C

1. Two forces of 200 N and 300 N pull in a horizontal plane on a vertical post. If the angle
between them is 85°, what angle does it make with the 200-N force?
A. 32.1 degrees
B. 42.5 degrees
C. 52.9 degrees
D. 70.8 degrees
2. Three wires exert the tension indicated on the eyebolt as shown. Assuming a concurrent
system, determine the force magnitude and its direction relative to the positive x-axis in a single
wire that will replace the three wires.
A. 89.35 N, 40.9 degrees CCW

CCW
B. 89.35 N, 40.9 degrees CW
C. 70.82 N, 17.6 degrees CCW
D. 70.82 N, 17.6 degrees CW
3. The 100-lb resultant of the four fo

forces
rces together with three of those four forces is shown in the
figure. Determine the fourth force.
A. 130.4 lb
B. 202.6 lb
lb
C. 342.5 lb
D. 460.2 lb

4. Three forces 400N, 500N and 600N respectively are in equilibrium. Find the smallest angle
between any of them.
A. 35.1º
B. 24.5º
C. 41.4º
D. 31.2º
5. The homogeneous 100-kg disk supported by the rope AB rests against a rough vertical wall.
The friction in the wall is 0.45 of the normal force. The body has the tendency to move down.
Determine the tension in cable AB
A. 247.5 N
B. 550.1 N
C. 916.8 N
D. 981.9 N
6. The 1600-kg
1600-kg car is stationary (i.e. at rest and experiences friction) on the sloping road. If α =
25°, what is the coefficient
coefficient of the friction force exerted on the car’s tires by the road?
road?
0.47
A. 0.47
B. 0.68
C. 1.47
D. 2.14
7. A traffic light weighing 122 N hangs from a cable tied to two other cables fastened to a
support. The upper cables make angles of θ1 = 37.0° and θ2 =53.0° with the horizontal. These
upper cables are not as strong as the vertical cable and will break if the tension in them exceeds
100 N. Determine the value of T1 and T2.

A. 79.34 N, 37.24 N
B. 97.43 N, 73.42 N
C. 37.24 N, 79.34 N
D. 73.42 N, 97.43 N
8. Determine the magnitudes of the forces

f orces C and T, which, along with the other three forces
shown, act on the bridge-truss joint.
jo int.
kN
A. 3.03 kN, 9.09 kN
B. 4.27 kN, 7.21 kN
C. 9.09 kN, 3.03 kN
D. 7.21 kN, 4.27 kN
9. Determine the force P required to hold the 100-lb weight in equilibrium.

A. 6.25 lbs

B. 12.5 lbs
lbs
C. 25.0 lbs
D. 37.5 lbs
10. Given the pulley assembly, determine the rope

r ope tension T for which the pulley will be in
equilibrium.
A. 533.3 N
B. 2533.3 N
C. 3200.0 N
D. 5866.7 N
11. A 12 m bar rests in a horizontal bar rests in a horizontal position on smooth planes.
Compute the load T that is placed at a distance 1.5m from B to keep the bar horizontal
A. 76.43 N
B. 67.43 N
N
C. 86.43 N
D. 57.43 N
12. Determine the force reaction on A of given beam system.

A. 22.08 kN
B. 125.0 kN
C. 147.08 kN
kN
D. 137.92 kN
13. Given the truss section shown, determine the force

f orce acting on member CD
A. 2.5 kN, C

B. 2.5 kN, T
T
C. 42.50 kN, C
D. 42.50 kN, T
14. Determine the moment reaction at the

th e fixed support A of the given cantilever frame. Neglect
thickness of the beam.
A. 2100 N-m, CCW

CCW
B. 2100 N-m, CW

C. 3900 N-m, CCW

CCW
D. 3900 N-m, CW
15. Ratio of the sliding force required to the weight of the material being pushed. It is the measure
of the resistance to the sliding of one material resting on another.
a. Sliding Coefficient
b. Coefficient of restitution
c. Factor of Safety
d. Coefficient of friction
16
16.. “ A
A force may be moved anywhere along its line of action without producing a change in
external effect.”
effect.” This statement is __.
__.
a. true
b. false
c. maybe
d. not sure
17. What states the “the moment of the resultant of 2 concurrent forces about any axis
perpendicular to the plane of forces is equal to the algebraic sum of the moments of the 2 forces
axis”?
about the same axis”?
Law
a. Hooke’s Law
b. Pythagorean theorem
Theorem
c. Varignon’s Theorem
Law
d. Betti’s Law
18. In a structure whose material follows Hooke’s Law and in which the supports
su pports are unyielding
and the temperature is constant, what law
la w states that the external virtual work done by a system
of forces, P, during the deformation caused by a system of forces, Q, is equal to the virtual work
done by a system of forces, Q, during the deformation caused by the P forces?
Law
a. Hooke’s Law
b. Pythagorean theorem
c. Varignon’s Theorem
Theorem
Law
d. Betti’s Law
19. Snow loads, wind, pressure suction and earthquake loads and the like are what type of loads?
a. Dead Loads
b. Live Loads
c. Seismic Loads
20. This states that the external effect of a force on a body is the same for all points of application
along its line of action; i.e., it is independent of the point of application.
a. Principle of Compatibility
b. Principle of Transmissibility of a force
c. Principle of Action and Reaction
d. Principle of Moments

21. Among the following axioms of mechanics, which of the following is INCORRECT?
a. The parallelogram law: The resultant of two forces is the diagonal of the parallelogram
formed on the vectors of these forces.
b. Two forces are in equilibrium only when equal in magnitude, opposite in direction, and
collinear in action.
c. A set of forces in equilibrium may be added to any system of forces thus changing the
effect of the original system.
d. Action and reaction forces are equal but

but oppositely directed.
22. From the simply supported beam shown, calculate the reaction at A?
1000 kN
40 kN/m
500 kN.m
A B
R A RB
4m 4m 4m 6m 4m
a. 342.72 KN
b. 502.73 KN
c. 657.27 KN
d. 817.27 KN
23. From the simply supported beam shown, calculate the reaction at B?
1000 kN
40 kN/m
500 kN.m
a. 342.72 KN
A B
b. 502.73 KN
c. 657.27 KN
R A RB
4m 4m 4m 6m 4m d. 817.27 KN
24. An aluminium bar of 50 mm diameter is stressed in a testing machine. At a certain instant, the
applied force P=100KN while the measured elongation of the rod is 0.219mm in a 300mm gage
length and the diameter’s dimension is decreased by 0.01215mm. Calculate the Poisson’s ratio.
A. 0.16
B. 0.25
C. 0.33
D. 0.45
25. Compute the shear modulus G of a steel having a Poisson’s ratio of 0.30.
E
G=
(
2 1+ )
A. 11153.85 MPa

B. 76923.08 MPa
C. 132453.85 MPa
D. 174432.12 MPa
26. A solid shaft having a radius of 35mm is subjected to a torque of 950 N-m. Determine the
shearing stress at a point 20mm from the center of the solid shaft. Use shear modulus
G=80000MPa.
A. 3.95 MPa
B. 7.06 MPa
C. 8.06 MPa
D. 14.11 MPa
27. From the given shear diagram shown, all shear forces are all in kN, calculate the maximum
concentrated load.
A. 20 kN
B. 40 kN
C. 25 kN
D. 30 kN
28. From the given shear diagram shown, all shear forces are all in kN, calculate the maximum
negative moment.
A. 30 kN-m
B. 10 kN-m
C. 20 kN-m
D. 25 kN-m
29. From the given shear diagram shown, all shear forces are all in kN, locate the point of zero
moment from the right end.

A. 2.75 m
B. 3.25 m
C. 4.75 m
D. 5.75 m
30
30.. What do you call the type of cut that is parallel to the axis of the tree and radially across the
annual rings?
A. flat sawing
sawing
B. quarter sawing
sawing
C. direct sawing
D. cross sawing
31
31.. What type of defect in lumber is described as the longitudinal cracks following the growth
A. knots
B. cut
C. rot
rot
D. shake
shake
32
32.. True/ False : Wood is stronger when load is perpendicular to the grains.
A. True
B. False
C. Maybe
D. Not Sure
33. Based
Based on the AISC, what is the maximum
ma ximum slenderness ratio kL/r for tension members?
a. 100
b. 200
c. 250
d. 300
300
34. The slenderness ratio of compression members

members shall not exceed:
a. 100
200
b. 200
c. 250
d. 300
35. It is the sidewise bending or displacement accompanied by twisting about minor or weaker
axis usually at the compression section.

a. crippling

b. buckling
c. torsion
d. sagging
36. Riveted and bolted splice and gusset plates and other connection fittings subject to tensile
force shall be design in accordance with AISC requirements where the effective net area shall be
taken as the actual net area except that, for the purpose of design calculations, it shall not be
taken as greater than __.
a. 85% of gross area
area
b. 90% of gross area
c. 70% of gross area
d. 75% of gross area
37. Roof liveloads shall be assumed to act:

c. normal to the surface
surface area of the roof
d. all of the above
38. The allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area is:
a. 0.60Fu
b. 0.40Fy
c. 0.60Fy
0.60Fy
d. 0.50Fu
39. The allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of effective net area is:
a. 0.60Fu
b. 0.40Fy
c. 0.60Fy
d. 0.50Fu
40. It is an imaginary distance from the centroidal axis at which the entire area can be assumed
to exist without affecting the moment of inertia.
a. centroid distance
b. moment of inertia
c. radius of gyration
gyration
d. eccentricity
41. Which of the following design methodology gives emphasis on the premise that the steel fails
first while the concrete has not yet reached its allowable values?
a. over-designed
b. over-reinforced
c. under-reinforced
under-reinforced
d. balanced
42. Development length or the development of a required length of rebar is provided in a

reinforced concrete beam is for what major purpose?

a. to hold the bars in place during pouring of fresh concrete mix

b. to provide additional strength against torsion
c. to allow the steel to reach its maximum strength and prevent slippage of bars
d. to prevent vertical shearing of concrete
43. Steel is an alloy comprising of two elements. They are __ and __.
a. carbon & copper
b. copper & tin
c. iron & copper
d. carbon & iron
iron
44. This type of fastener is installed by heating to a light cherry-red color, inserting it into a hole
and then applying pressure to the preformed head while at the same time squeezing the plain
end to form a rounded head.
a. bolt
b. rivet
rivet
c. weld
d. NOTA

n on-compact channel section bent about their weaker axis
is taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6
0.6
b. 0.66
c. 0.75
d. 0.45
46. It is a roof beam spanning between trusses or rigid frames subjected to flexure or bending.
a. lintel
b. purlin
c. girt
d. truss
47. The allowable bending stress of a compact wide-flange section bent about their weaker axis
is taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6
0.66
b. 0.66
c. 0.75
d. 0.45
b.) 100%
c.) buttress wall
d.) bending stress
b.) 6 db
c.) 8 db
d.) 10 db
a.) 200mm
a.) 3.0mm
a.) varying loads
c.) equal forces
b.) 75mm
b.) curtain wall
d.) maximum moment
a.) tension a.) 8db
d.) torque
c.) bending stress
c.) punching shear
d.) girt a.) 40mm
b.) 36mm
c.) 500mm
d.) 600mm
b.) flag stone
a.) working stress
a.) three
a.) force d.) 40mm
b.) resultant
c.) caisson d.) L/8
d.) none of these
length of the slot
d.) portal method
b.) 2-1/2
a.) shear
b.) deflection
of the member
c.) 3700 √
of the member
d/2 called
d.) deflection
a.) gable roof
b.) mansard roof
c.) hip roof
d.) lean roof

called
a.) flat slab
b.) 2-way slab
c.) one-way slab
d.) ribbed floor

of
a.) 20mm
b.) 40mm
c.) 15mm
d.) 30mm

slab thickness, nor
a.) 300mm
b.) 400mm
c.) 450mm
d.) 550mm

a.) ¼
b.) 1/3
c.) ½
d.) 2/3

a.) splice
b.) stiffness
c.) stress
d.) slender action
(NSCP 208.20) 407.7.3)

d.) 1.75 db
c.) 300 mm a.) 375mm
d.) 350 mm b.) 450mm
c.) 500mm
a.) 2 years b.) 3
b.) 5 years c.) 2
c.) 10 years d.) 5
d.) 15 years
a.) 12 db a.) 25mm
b.) 6 db b.) 16mm
c.) 8 db c.) 28mm
d.) 10 db d.) 36mm
407.7.6.4) b.) L/24
a.) 12 db c.) L/10
b.) 10 db d.) L/28
c.) 50 db
(NSCP 409.6.2)
a.) 100 mm c.) L/10
b.) 75 mm d.) L/28
c.) 50 mm
a.) 20mm b.) 0.60
b.) 25mm c.) 0.75
c.) 40mm d.) 0.70
d.) 50mm
(NSCP 409.2.1) a.) 0.40
a.) 0.85 b.) 0.60
b.) 0.75 c.) 0.75
c.) 0.90 d.) 0.70
d.) 0.70
409.4.2.3) a.) d/2
a.) 0.70 b.) d/4
b.) 0.75 c.) ¾ d
c.) 0.85 d.) d/5
d.) 0.90
a.) L/20 b.) 250 mm
b.) L/24 c.) 200 mm
c.) L/28 d.) 350 mm
d.) L/10
d.) Collector
(NSCP 208.5.1.1) a.) 500 mm
a.) 50% b.) 400 mm
b.) 25% c.) 200 mm
c.) 30% d.) 300 mm
d.) 35%
a.) 50% ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
b.) 60% a.) 30 Mpa
c.) 30% b.) 15 Mpa
d.) 40% c.) 10 Mpa
d.) 5 Mpa
a.) 15 days a.) 100 mm
b.) 10 days b.) 200 mm
c.) 30 days c.) 150 mm
d.) 60 days d.) 250 mm
c.) 20% a.) 100 Kpa
d.) 60% b.) 50 Kpa
c.) 150 Kpa
d.) 200 Kpa
a.) 10mm b.) 20 Mpa
b.) 12mm c.) 15 Mpa
c.) 16mm d.) 25 Mpa
d.) 20mm
a.) 10mm c.) 15 Mpa
b.) 12mm d.) 25 Mpa
c.) 16mm
c.) 10% ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)
d.) 25% a.) 20 Mpa
b.) 15 Mpa
c.) 2.50 M a.) 300 mm
d.) 3.00 M b.) 250 mm
c.) 350 mm
c.) 15%
a.) 20%
a.) L/300 d.) 50%
b.) L/360
(NSCP 104.2.2) b.) 10%
a.) L/240 c.) 25%
b.) L/300 d.) 20%
c.) L/360
206.6) c.) 80%
a.) 3 d.) 75%
b.) 2
to? (NSCP 207.20)
a.) 1.0 d.) 18 M
b.) 2.50
a.) 1.15
b.) 1.0
c.) 2.15
d.) 0.87
c.) 1.15 loading?
b.) Exposure B
a.) 1.0
c.) 0.87 of ____Kph?
d.) 2.0 a.) 150 Kph
b.) 250 Kph
a.) 1.0
c.) 0.87 of ____Kph?
d.) 2.0 a.) 200 Kph
b.) 125 Kph
d.) 250 Kph
c.) 3.50 Mpa
c.) 60
d.) 30
a.) 0.30 504.4.2.3)
b.) 0.45 a.) 1 mm
c.) 0.50 b.) 0.5 mm
d.) 0.75 c.) 0.80 mm
d.) 2 mm
a.) 300 ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
b.) 250 a.) 700 mm
c.) 200 b.) 500 mm
d.) 350 c.) 600 mm
d.) 400 mm
a.) 200 a.) 140 mm
b.) 300 b.) 200 mm
c.) 250 c.) 250 mm
d.) 350 d.) 100 mm
a.) 0.60 Fy b.) 200 mm
b.) 0.50 Fy c.) 250 mm
c.) 0.45 Fy d.) 100 mm
d.) 0.40 Fy
a.) 0.60 Fy 506.4.1.1)
b.) 0.45 Fy a.) 0.75 Fy
c.) 0.33 Fy b.) 0.60 Fy
d.) 0.66 Fy c.) 0.45 Fy
d.) 0.66 Fy
a.) 3/4 ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
b.) 2/3 a.) 0.75 Fy
c.) 3/5 b.) 0.60 Fy
d.) 1/3 c.) 0.45 Fy
d.) 0.66 Fy
510.2.5.1)
c.) 80% 509.6.1.2)
d.) 75% a.) 800
b.) 750
509.5.8)
c.) 25 mm 510.3.3.2)
d.) 40 mm a.) 10
b.) 8
d.) 10 mm
d.) 5 mm
510.10.61)
a.) 30
b.) 50
c.) 26.70
d.) 35
Steel Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
elevators shall be:
a. 50% b. 100% c. 150% d. 200 %
a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300

a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300
a. 20mm b. 25mm c. 15mm d. 10mm
twisting
c. 8mm
d. 6mm
thickness:
c. 8mm
d. 6mm

d. all of the above

a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy d. 0.50Fu
Steel Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy d. 0.50Fu

a. 123 b. 196 c. 300 d. 92

a. 450 b. 530 c. 600 d. 720
a. 2.0 b. 1.2 c. 0.85 d. 1.6
a. 85 b. 65 c. 50 d. 75

a. 100000 b. 200000 c. 300000 d. 400000

rounded head.
taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6 b. 0.66 c. 0.75 d. 0.45
taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6 b. 0.66 c. 0.75 d. 0.45
a. wL2/12 b. wL2/10 c. wL2/8 d. wL2/20
kg/cu.m.
I. STRUCTURAL
a. wL2/2 b. wL2/4 c. wL2/8 d. wL2/10


a. 100N b. zero c. 0.04 MPa d. 200N
8. A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
resisting elements. It includes horizontal bracing system.
11. Steel elements such as wire, cables, bars, rods or strands of wires or a bundle of such
elements used in pre-stressed concrete structures are called:
hardened solid.

II. NSCP

a. 25mm b. 16mm c. 28mm d. 36mm

a. 50mm b. 75mm c. 100mm d. 150mm
a. 0.70 b. 0.75 c. 0.85 d. 0.90
a. L/20 b. L/24 c. L/10 d. L/28
7. Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify in writing the
owner of the adjoining building not less than _____ days before such excavation is to be made.
a. 0.60m b. 0.80m c. 1.50m d. 2.0m
9. When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall completely
embedded in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least ____mm on the bottom.
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 200mm d. 250mm
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 16mm d. 20mm
a. 75mm b. 100mm c. 125mm d. 150mm

a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
a. 30 b. 40 c. 50 d. 60
III. MISCELLANEOUS
masonry, when its horizontal dimension measured the right angles or the thickness does
not exceed four times its thickness.
a. pedestal
b. pier
c. slender column
d. wall
a. pre-stressing
b. pre-tensioning
c. post-tensioning
d. pre-casting
the mix in order to produce some (desired) modifications, either to the properties of the mix
or of the hardened product.
a. admixture
b. accelerator
c. hydraulic cement
4. A simply supported beam, L meters long, carrying a uniformly distributed load of w in

N/m, produces a maximum shear force of:
a. wL/2
b. wL2/4
c. 1/2wL2
d. 1/8wL2

a. tie rods
b. piles
c. columns
d. beams

a. Pascal’s Law
b. Law of Gravity
c. Hooke’s Law
7. Members that are generally vertical, subjected to compressive loads, sometimes with
bending moments, are called:
a. trusses
b. columns
c. towers
d. beams

a. Dead Loads
b. Seismic loads
c. Live loads
a. 100%
b. Zero
c. Minimum
d. Maximum
a. 100N
b. 100%
c. Zero
d. 100 lbs

a. stress
b. dead load
c. elasticity
d. torque
a. Dead loads
b. Snow loads
c. Varying loads
d. Moving Loads
a. normal stress
c. flexural stress
d. torsional stress

a. welds
b. splices
c. steel bolts
a. Bond
b. Shear
c. Bend
d. Epoxy
a. concrete
d. concrete block
a. Bearing wall
b. Shear wall
c. dike
d. dam
18. If the ratio of the short direction to the long direction of a slab is less than 0.5, then the slab
is considered:
a. two-way slab
b. flat slab
c. ground slab
d. one-way slab
a. 0.6
b. 0.7
c. 0.8
d. 0.9
designers to use:
a. 0.001
b. 0.002
c. 0.003
d. 0.004
a. 20mm
b. 30mm
c. 40mm
d. 75mm

a. 16mm
b. 20mm
c. 25mm
d. 28mm
23. What do you call those structures that are necessary for emergency operations subsequent to
a natural disaster?
24. It is one in which the lateral stiffness is less than 70% of the stiffness of the story above or
less than 80% of the average stiffness of the three stories above.
a. weak story
b. soft story
c. story drift
d. multi-story

c. bracing system
d. frame

a. 3mm
b. 5mm
c. 6mm
d. 12mm
27. A cantilever beam whose length is 4 m, loaded with a concentrated load 20 KN at the free
end, produces a maximum bending moment of:
a. 20 KNm
b. 40 KNm
c. 60 KNm
d. 80 KNm

a. couple
b. reaction
c. equilibrant
d. moment

a. midspan
a. 36mm c. 32mm

a. 0.10-0.80
b. 0.01-0.08
c. 0.001-0.008
d. 0.0001-0.0008
33. The temperature bars are 10-mm diameter steel bars placed on top and perpendicular to
the main reinforcement of:
a. beams
b. spread footings
c. two-way slabs
d. one-way slabs
a. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL + 1.4 EL
b. 1.7 DL + 1.4 LL + 1.7 EL
c. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL
d. 1.4 DL + 1.7 EL

a. Rigidity
b. Hardness
c. Stress
d. Stiffness
36. The stress developed when the applied load causes adjacent sections within a body to slide
past each other.
a. axial stress
b. bearing stress
c. shearing stress
d. flexural stress

a. bearing stress
b. thermal stress
c. allowable stress
d. strain
a. rupture stress
b. thermal stress
c. yield stress
d. creep

a. axial stress
b. bending stress
c. allowable stress
d. working stress

A wall which support vertical roads in addition to it's weight without the benefit of a complete vertical
load carrying space frame is called:
convex is called:
3. For beam with a slab on one of side only, the effective overhanging flange width shall not
exceed: a.) one-twelfth the span length the beam.
b.) Six-times the slab thickness, one-half the clear distance to the next
web. c.) one-half the clear distance to the next web

a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 40 mm d.) 50 mm
a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 30 mm d.) 40 mm

a.) Deflected Shape c.) Elastic curve b.) Parabolic Curve d.) Inelastic
Curve
a.) Retaining bolt c.) Anchor bolts b.) Foundation bolts d.)
Friction bolts
bonding?
a.) Course aggregates shall be no large than 1/2 the minimum clear spacing between
individual reinforcing bars or wires. bundles or bars. or prestressing tendons or ducts.
b.) Course aggregates shall be no large than 1/2 the minimum clear spacing between
individual reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of bars, or prestressing tendons or ducts.
a.) three c.) five
b.) four d.) six
a.) Tension limit
d.) None of these
15. Slab thickness for joist construction shall not be less than one- the clear distance ribs nor
twelfth less than
a.) 50mm b.) 75mm c.) 100mm d.) 125mm
d.) 500mm
a.) 3.0mm c.) 7.5mm
b.) 6.0mm d.) 5.0mm
18. Depth of footing above bottom reinforcement shall not be less than 150mm for footing on soil nor
less than _________ for footing on files
a.) 200mm b.) 250mm c.) 300mm d.) 400mm
a.) 0.0001 b.) 0.003 c.) 0.002 d.) 0.004
ribs shall not less be less than 100mm in width and shall have a depth of not more than
_________times the minimum width of rib
a.)2 b.) 2 1/2 c.) 3 d.)3 ½
21. In spirally reinforced or tied reinforcement compression members, clear distance between
longitudinal (vertical) bars shall not less than 40mm nor
a.) 1.5 db b.) 2.0 db c.) 5.0db d.)1.0db
a.) 300mm b.) 400mm c.) 450mm d.) 550mm
a.) neutral axis c.) point of shear b.) inflection point d.)
maximum moment
concrete?
Piping
c.)Conduits and pipes with their fittings, embedded within the column shall not displace more than 5%
of the area of cross-section on which strength is calculated
d.)Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fitting shall not be less than 40mm for concrete exposed
to each of the weather.
quality
PS grade 275
a.) The thickness of plug/slot welds in material 16 mm or less in thickness shall be equal to the
thickness of the material
length of the slot
d.) The width of the slot shall not be less than the thickness of the part containing it plus 8 mm nor shall
it be greater than 2 1/2 times the thickness of the weld
c.) Group of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as a unit shall be limited to four in any
one bundled.
d,) Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate
at different points with at least 40db staggered

30. A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel, or concrete across the top of door or window opening to
bear the weight of the walls above the opening

32. Using the data given below, determine the ultimate moment capacity of the given beam as a
singly reinforced elements.(See Figure 1)
Given: fc* = 21 MPa


37. A standard hook may consist of a 180 deg.bend plus a 4 d b extension (at the free end)not less than
a.) 55 mm b.) 60 mm c.) 75 mm d.)85 mm
a.) 8 db b.) 10 db c.) 12 d b d.) 16 db

of a.) 20 mm b.) 40 mm c.) 15 mm d.) 30 mm
called:
42. It refers to occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all
is called:
a.) Live load
b.) Dead load
a.)Cantilever method b.) Moment distribution method c.) Free

body diagram method d.)Portal method


diaphragm?
bundled in beams
a.) 40 mm b.) 36 mm c.) 32 mm d.) 28 mm
49. Splices in spiral reinforcement shall be lap splices of 48d b but not less than
a.) 300 mm b.)400 mm c.) 500 mm d.) 600 mm
a.) 250mm b.) 50mm
c.)750mm d.)1000mm
a.) Axial stress c.) allowable stress b.) Bond stress d.) flexural
stress

a.) allowable stress c.)Flexural stress b.) Tensile stress
d.)Bending stress
b.) Continuous beam
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.) 6000000 mm3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.) 1000000 mm3

a.) Bottom bar c.) Metal plate b.) Stirrups d.)
Temperature bar

is
61. A beam that project beyond one or both its support is

called: a.) Overhanging beam
b.) Continous beam
62. A simple beam ha a spam of 6 m with two concentrated loads of 20 kN,each placed at the third
points of the span.If extreme fiber stress is 10MPa,determine the required section modulus.
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.)6000000 mm 3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.)1000000 mm3
a.) Load bearing walls c.) Shoring walls b.) Curtain wall d.)
None of these
b.) 90 degree bend plus 12 db extension, at free end of the bar c.)
90 degree bend plus 6 db extension, at free end of the bar d.) 90
degree bend plus 4 db extension, at free end of the bar
a.) 12 mm b.) 15 mm
c.)20 mm d.) 22 mm
the member
the member.
a.) Strap beam b.) Gerber beam c.) Grade beam d.) Tie
beam

along both sides faces of the members for the distance d/2 nearest the flexural tension reinforcement. The
total area of the longitudinal skin reinforcement in both faces need not exceed _________of the
a.)1700 f'c b.)2700 f'c c.) 3700 fc d.) 4700 f'c

a.) The slab is being supported by two parallel
beams b.) The slab has no cantilevered portion
a.) a 90 degree bend plus 6 db extension at the free end of a bar,for 16mm bar and
smaller b.)a 90 degree bend plus 12 db extension at th free end of a bar,for 20mm and
25mm bar c.)a 135 degree bend plus 6 d b extension at the free end of a bar plus 25mm
and smaller d.) none of the above
a.) 4 db b.) 6 db c.) 8 db d.) 10db
b.) 1/2 times the least side diameter of the composite
member c.) any of the above
a.)Moment of inertia b.) Development leght c.) Slenderness ratio

d.) Ratio and proportion


a.)100mm b.) 150mm c.) 200mm d.) 250mm
a.) L/16 b.) L/18.50 c.) L/21 d.) L/8
a.) Allowable stress c.) Bending stress b.) moment of inertia

d.) Proportional limit
85. The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through is
called: a.)Flexural stress
b.) Punching moment
c.) Punching shear
d.) Single shears


directed.
a. -48 kN b. 48 kN c. -96 kN
a. -40 kN-m b. 40 kN-m
c. 416,667 mm4 d. 720,000 mm4

a. 120 kN-m b. 135 kN-m
c. 270 kN-m d. 540 kN-m

left most portion.
a. 33.33 kN b. 66.67 kN
c. 90.33 kN d. 133.33 kN

c. B. d. D.
of a beam?
a. 50% b. 100% c. 150% d. 200 %
c. 1.4 d. 1.6
c. 8mm
d. 6mm
a. 20mm b. 75mm
gross area is:
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy
d. 0.50Fu
d. 2.0Fy
a. {1 – [(kL/r)2 / 2Cc2]} * Fy/FS
d. d. 5/3 + 3(kL/r) / 8Cc – (kL/r)3 / 8Cc3
a. 50 b. 60
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
reinforcing bars.
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
200kN.
b. 300MM d. 400MM
Given:
475mm fc’ = 28 MPa
Fy = 475 MPa
b. 14MM d.10MM
300mm

a. 400.00 kN-m c. 488.889 kN-m
b. 444.444 kN-m d. 734.800 kN-m
b. 20days d. 40days a. 0.0016 b. 0.0033
c. 0.0020 d. 0.0035
N/mm2) is given by c. 0.0227 d. 0.0316
c. 500 N/mm2 d. 550 N/mm2
as c. 2280.0 mm2 d. 3990.00 mm2
a. economy
c. density
1 2 2
3 5 3
called
a. Creep
b. Hydration
c. Shrinkage
d. Curing
a. 0.003 b. 0.002 c. 0.001 d. 0.004
a. Creep
b. Bleeding
c. Workability
d. Segregation
a. Consistency
c. Tensile strength

a. 24 N/m3 b. 24 kN/m3
c. 25 N/m3 d. 25 kN/m3
Timber Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
area.
1
240
w kN/m
250 mm.
4 m.
is not exceeded?
200
20
40
90
100
20
a. 20.573 x 106 b. 30.573 x 106 c. 40.573 x 106 d. 10.573 x 106

Timber Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

L
240
a. 523.19 b. 924.16 c. 384.16 d. 478.431
__________13. A 2"x4"x1' lumber is:

the annual rings?

b.) 100%
c.) buttress wall
d.) bending stress
b.) 6 db
c.) 8 db
d.) 10 db
a.) 200mm
a.) 3.0mm
a.) varying loads
c.) equal forces
b.) 75mm
b.) curtain wall
d.) maximum moment
a.) tension a.) 8db
d.) torque
c.) bending stress
c.) punching shear
d.) girt a.) 40mm
b.) 36mm
c.) 500mm
d.) 600mm
b.) flag stone
a.) working stress
a.) three
a.) force d.) 40mm
b.) resultant
c.) caisson d.) L/8
d.) none of these
length of the slot
d.) portal method
b.) 2-1/2
a.) shear
b.) deflection
of the member
c.) 3700 √
of the member
d/2 called
d.) deflection
a.) gable roof
b.) mansard roof
c.) hip roof
d.) lean roof

called
a.) flat slab
b.) 2-way slab
c.) one-way slab
d.) ribbed floor

of
a.) 20mm
b.) 40mm
c.) 15mm
d.) 30mm

slab thickness, nor
a.) 300mm
b.) 400mm
c.) 450mm
d.) 550mm

a.) ¼
b.) 1/3
c.) ½
d.) 2/3

a.) splice
b.) stiffness
c.) stress
d.) slender action
(NSCP 208.20) 407.7.3)

d.) 1.75 db
c.) 300 mm a.) 375mm
d.) 350 mm b.) 450mm
c.) 500mm
a.) 2 years b.) 3
b.) 5 years c.) 2
c.) 10 years d.) 5
d.) 15 years
a.) 12 db a.) 25mm
b.) 6 db b.) 16mm
c.) 8 db c.) 28mm
d.) 10 db d.) 36mm
407.7.6.4) b.) L/24
a.) 12 db c.) L/10
b.) 10 db d.) L/28
c.) 50 db
(NSCP 409.6.2)
a.) 100 mm c.) L/10
b.) 75 mm d.) L/28
c.) 50 mm
a.) 20mm b.) 0.60
b.) 25mm c.) 0.75
c.) 40mm d.) 0.70
d.) 50mm
(NSCP 409.2.1) a.) 0.40
a.) 0.85 b.) 0.60
b.) 0.75 c.) 0.75
c.) 0.90 d.) 0.70
d.) 0.70
409.4.2.3) a.) d/2
a.) 0.70 b.) d/4
b.) 0.75 c.) ¾ d
c.) 0.85 d.) d/5
d.) 0.90
a.) L/20 b.) 250 mm
b.) L/24 c.) 200 mm
c.) L/28 d.) 350 mm
d.) L/10
d.) Collector
(NSCP 208.5.1.1) a.) 500 mm
a.) 50% b.) 400 mm
b.) 25% c.) 200 mm
c.) 30% d.) 300 mm
d.) 35%
a.) 50% ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
b.) 60% a.) 30 Mpa
c.) 30% b.) 15 Mpa
d.) 40% c.) 10 Mpa
d.) 5 Mpa
a.) 15 days a.) 100 mm
b.) 10 days b.) 200 mm
c.) 30 days c.) 150 mm
d.) 60 days d.) 250 mm
c.) 20% a.) 100 Kpa
d.) 60% b.) 50 Kpa
c.) 150 Kpa
d.) 200 Kpa
a.) 10mm b.) 20 Mpa
b.) 12mm c.) 15 Mpa
c.) 16mm d.) 25 Mpa
d.) 20mm
a.) 10mm c.) 15 Mpa
b.) 12mm d.) 25 Mpa
c.) 16mm
c.) 10% ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)
d.) 25% a.) 20 Mpa
b.) 15 Mpa
c.) 2.50 M a.) 300 mm
d.) 3.00 M b.) 250 mm
c.) 350 mm
c.) 15%
a.) 20%
a.) L/300 d.) 50%
b.) L/360
(NSCP 104.2.2) b.) 10%
a.) L/240 c.) 25%
b.) L/300 d.) 20%
c.) L/360
206.6) c.) 80%
a.) 3 d.) 75%
b.) 2
to? (NSCP 207.20)
a.) 1.0 d.) 18 M
b.) 2.50
a.) 1.15
b.) 1.0
c.) 2.15
d.) 0.87
c.) 1.15 loading?
b.) Exposure B
a.) 1.0
c.) 0.87 of ____Kph?
d.) 2.0 a.) 150 Kph
b.) 250 Kph
a.) 1.0
c.) 0.87 of ____Kph?
d.) 2.0 a.) 200 Kph
b.) 125 Kph
d.) 250 Kph
c.) 3.50 Mpa
c.) 60
d.) 30
a.) 0.30 504.4.2.3)
b.) 0.45 a.) 1 mm
c.) 0.50 b.) 0.5 mm
d.) 0.75 c.) 0.80 mm
d.) 2 mm
a.) 300 ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
b.) 250 a.) 700 mm
c.) 200 b.) 500 mm
d.) 350 c.) 600 mm
d.) 400 mm
a.) 200 a.) 140 mm
b.) 300 b.) 200 mm
c.) 250 c.) 250 mm
d.) 350 d.) 100 mm
a.) 0.60 Fy b.) 200 mm
b.) 0.50 Fy c.) 250 mm
c.) 0.45 Fy d.) 100 mm
d.) 0.40 Fy
a.) 0.60 Fy 506.4.1.1)
b.) 0.45 Fy a.) 0.75 Fy
c.) 0.33 Fy b.) 0.60 Fy
d.) 0.66 Fy c.) 0.45 Fy
d.) 0.66 Fy
a.) 3/4 ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
b.) 2/3 a.) 0.75 Fy
c.) 3/5 b.) 0.60 Fy
d.) 1/3 c.) 0.45 Fy
d.) 0.66 Fy
510.2.5.1)
c.) 80% 509.6.1.2)
d.) 75% a.) 800
b.) 750
509.5.8)
c.) 25 mm 510.3.3.2)
d.) 40 mm a.) 10
b.) 8
d.) 10 mm
d.) 5 mm
510.10.61)
a.) 30
b.) 50
c.) 26.70
d.) 35
January 2019
Calculate the “second moment of inertia” of a rectangular section with a base 4,166,667 mm4
of 50mm and height of 100mm.
When a beam is loaded, the new position of its longitudinal centroid axis is Deflected shape
called
Max moment for a restrained beam Wl2 / 8
Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area is taken 85
_____% of specifies allowable yield stress.
Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective net area is taken 50
_____% of specified ultimate tensile stress.
Allowable bearing stress on projected area between bolts and steel plate in 1.2
taken ____ of Fu.
Which of the ff. criterion is not applicable for plug and a lot welds.
Max. deflection for any simply supported beam with concentrated loads of PL3 / 48EI
Greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without a Proportional Limit
permanent deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress is
called:
Modulus of elasticity of steel is 200 MPa
Distance from the extreme fiber in compression to the centroid of the tension Effective depth
steel area
Under the AISC method of evaluating the maximum safe load of a steel 2π2E / √fy
column, the column constant is
Narrowest dimension between sides of forms 1/5
Depth of slabs 1/3
Minimum clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars 3/4
Roof loads shall be assumed to act Vertically upon the
area projected on
the horizontal
Refers to the occupancy load which is either partially in place or fully in place Live load
or may not be present at all is called
Slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed 200
Recommended design value of k-factor for both ends pin connected 1.0
Critical slenderness ratio is the upper limit of the elastic bucking failure, 0.5 fy
where its average column stress equal to
Maximum usable strain at extreme concrete compression fiber shall be 0.003
assumed to be equal to
It is the sidewise bending of displacement accompanied by twisting about Buckling
minor or weaker axis at usually at the compression section
In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration is Slenderness ratio
called
Allowable stress for compression members whose largest effective {1-[9kL/r)2/2Cc2]} *
slenderness ratio of any unbraced segment is less than the square root of [2 Fy/Fs
π2E/ Fy] as per AISC standard is
In computing net area, the width of a rivet or bolt hole shall be taken as 1.6
_____mm greater than the nominal dimension of the hole normal to the
direction of applied stress
For relativity short fittings such as splice or gusset plates used as statically 85
loaded connecting elements, the net area An shall not exceed ____% of the
gross Ag.
It is the ability of a material like steel to undergo large inelastic deformation Ductility
without failure
An imaginary distance from the centroidal axis at which the entire area can be Radius of Gyration
assumed to exist without affecting the moment of inertia
In the strength design method (NSCP 2015), the ultimate load is computed as: 1.6 LL + 1.2 DL
Minimum reinforcement ratio provided by the code is taken ____ Ag. 1.4
A composite number member with laterally tied concrete around a steel core None of the above
(of design yield strength not to exceed 350 MPa) shall have vertical spacing of
lateral ties shall not exceed
For beam with a slab on one side only, the effective overhanging flange width Any of the above
shall not exceed
Which of the following method that is used to taken into account the Reduction
slenderness effect of columns according to Is: 456-2000 coefficient method
According to Is: 456, the diameter of the helices in circular column shall be at One-fourth the
least diameter of
longitudinal steel
Maximum strength attained in concrete on limited state design is generally 0.45 fck
taken as
The pitch of helices in circular column shall not exceed 75mm
Minimum pitch of the helical reinforcement in circular columns should be 25mm
A steel element such as wire, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements Tendon
used to impact pre-stress to concrete
A ______ is a vertical element that resists lateral forces in the plane of the Shear wall
wall through shear and bending. Such a wall acts as a beam cantilevered out
of the ground or foundations, and part of its strength derives from its depth
In any one bundle, groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contract to Four
act as a unit shall be limited to a maximum of
A structure will have a better chance of showing an earthquake if which of the The load-bearing
following is true members are not
equally loaded
The recommended deflection criteria due to wind loading on a brick vender L/360
wall utilizing a metal stud backup system is
For normal weight concrete, the modulus of elasticity of concrete Ec, may be 4700 √f’C
taken as
One-way concrete slab is used when The slab is being
supported by two
parallel beams
For beam with a slab on one side only the effective overhanging flange width Any of the above
shall not exceed
In order to achieve economy, the spacing of stirrups at mid span section May be increased
_____ compared to that of support section
Minimum steel required in slabs is mainly controlled by the following Shrinkage and creep
consideration
FINALS: STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
A simple beam has a span of 6m with two concentrated loads of 20KN each placed at the third
points of the span. If the extreme fiber stress is 10MPa, determine the required section
modulus.
2x106mm3
4x106mm3
6x106mm3
10x106mm3
Assuming a certain moment is applied at the junction, using the same EI, which member
will resist most of the moment?
member A
member B
member C
all members
What is the third requirement to guarantee the correct solution to a structural analysis
problem? (The two being equilibrium and stress-strain relationship). HINT: It has something
to do with consistent deformation.
Plastic condition
Uncracked condition
Compatibility
Discretization
What states that given a linear transformation relationship between two force vectors P =
HQ, the corresponding displacement vector transformation H∆’ such that UO = H∆’UP, is
simply the transpose of the force transformation matrix H?
Bettis Law
Maxwell’s Law
Method of Consistent Deformation
Principle of Contragradience
This system consists of several forces, the lines of action of which are parallel:
parallel coplanar force system
concurrent force coplanar force system
non-coplanar force system
general coplanar force system
It is the general term applied for all forces which act upon a structure and
anything else which causes stresses or deformation within a structure, or part
thereof:
reactions
loads
couple
shear
Longitudinal beams which rest on top chord, and preferably at the joints of the
truss:
purlins
jack rafter
rafters
girders
The maximum deflection for a simply supported beam with concentrated loads at
PL3 /8EI
PL3 /48EI
PL3 /3EI
PL3 /18EI
This element at any transverse cross section of a straight beam is the algebraic
sum of the moments taken about an axis passing through the center of
the cross section, of all the loads and reactions applied to the portion of the
beam on either side of the cross section:
external moment
bending moment
reaction
resisting moment
A three dimensional structural system without the bearing walls, composed of

interconnected members laterally supported so as to function as a
complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system:
box system
space frame
freeform
braced frame
The section at which the moment changes from positive to negative is called:
neutral axis
inflection point
section of zero shear
maximum moment
When the ratio of the short span to the long span of a slab is less then 0.50, slab is
a:
one way slab
two way slab
slab on fill
cantilever slab
This test evaluates the structural strength of aggregates.
sieve analysis
fineness modulus
wash test
abrasion test
The ease in which a uniform mass of freshly mixed concrete can be moved without
segregation into final position in which the concrete is allowed to harden,
workability
strength
durability
impermeability
Tension is applied to steel reinforcing after the concrete has been poured and
allowed to harden.
prestressed
Non-prestressed
pre-tensioned
post-tensioned
Process of bringing earthwork to the desired shape and elevation.
densification
underpinning
backfilling
grading
A testing machine that may be used to conduct hardness test on metals.
L.A. Abrasion Machine
Stability Machine
Brinell Testing Machine

Universal Testing Machine
A mechanical test used to evaluate the tensile properties of steel.
hardness
fatigue
tension
cold bending
Test that determines the resistance of a metal to penetration.
hardness
fatigue
tension
bending
Structural units cast in molds in a factory that have stresses introduced as they are
being cast or after casting.
prestressed
Non-prestressed
pre-tensioned
post-tensioned
A standard test done on reinforcing steel bars to check its amenability to bending
in structural applications.
hardness
fatigue
tension
cold bending
Involves test done by a company on their own product prior to shipment to ensure
that the product meets the manufacturer's standard.
research
quality assurance
analysis
quality control
These are referred to permanent loads or unmovable loads.
Dead Loads
Live Loads
Seismic Loads
Environmental Loads
A plane truss as shown in the figure is acted upon by 480 N downward load at joints C and E and a 1200
N load at J directed as shown. Find the reaction at G.
512 N
1132 N
811 N
625 N
Among the following axioms of mechanics, which of the following is INCORRECT?
The parallelogram law: The resultant of two forces is the diagonal of the parallelogram formed on
the vectors of these forces.
Two forces are in equilibrium only when equal in magnitude, opposite in direction, and collinear in
action.
A set of forces in equilibrium may be added to any system of forces thus changing the effect of
the original system.
Action and reaction forces are equal but oppositely directed.
In a structure whose material follows Hooke’s Law and in which the supports are unyielding and the
temperature is constant, what law states that the external virtual work done by a system of forces, P,
during the deformation caused by a system of forces, Q, is equal to the virtual work done by a system
of forces, Q, during the deformation caused by the P forces?
Hooke’s Law
Pythagorean theorem
Varignon’s Theorem
Betti’s Law
“A force may be moved anywhere along its line of action without producing a change in external effect.”
This statement is __.
True
False
Ratio of unit stress to unit strain
Moment of inertia
modulus of rigidity
modulus of elasticity
slenderness ratio
A plane truss as shown in the figure is acted upon by 480 N downward load at joints C and E and a
1200 N load at J directed as shown. Find the force acting on member AH.
2678 N
2351 N
1954 N
998 N
The maximum moment of a simply supported beam whose span length is L, in
meter, carrying a uniformly distributed load of w in N/m, is:
wL2/2
wL2/4
wL2/8
wL2/10
The actual strain by which a concrete fails is 0.004. For safety purposes, the ACI code
allows designers to use:
0.001
0.002
0.003
0.004
It is one in which the lateral stiffness is less than 70% of the stiffness of the story
above it.
Soft story
Weak story
Story drift
Ordinary moment resisting system
The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to
center.
75mm
100mm
125mm
150mm
These are inert material used in concrete which occupy more than 75% of the volume of
the hardened concrete product.
Sand
Gravel
Debris
Aggregates
The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is
L/20
L/24
L/10
L/28
Which is the correct factored load for 2010 Strength Design Method?
1.4 DL + 1.7 LL + 1.4 EL
1.7 DL + 1.4 LL + 1.7 EL
1.4 DL + 1.7 EL
1.4 DL + 1.7 LL
A number 8(#8 steel reinforcing bar) has a diameter of:
16mm
20mm
25mm
28mm
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
resisting elements. It includes horizontal bracing system.
Shear wall chord

Boundary elements
Diaphragm
Dual system
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load
only.
L/200
L/240
L/300
L/360
The maximum size of fillet weld that may be used along edges of materials 6mm or more in
thickness:
Not greater than thickness of material
Not greater than thickness of material less 1.6mm
8mm
6mm
The maximum size of fillet weld that may be used along edges of materials less than 6mm
thick:
Not greater than thickness of material

Not greater than thickness of material less 1.6mm
8mm
6mm
A rectangular wooden beam has a span of 6 m. and carries a total uniform load of 25 kN/m
including its own weight. The beam is made up of 80% stress grade Apitong with allowable
stresses shown below. Allowable Stress for Apitong 80% Stress Grade: Allowable bending =
16.5 MPa; Compression parallel to grain = 9.56 MPa; Compression perpendicular to
grain=2.20 MPa; Shear parallel to grain=1.73 MPa; Modulus of elasticity = 7310 MPa;
Allowable defection=(1/240) of span. Which of the following gives the smallest dimension of
the beam that will not exceed the allowable deflection?
300 x 500mm
220 x 440mm
250 x 500mm
300 x 500mm
A Wide-Flange Section W21x83 has an overall depth of approximately___millimeters.
450
530
600
720
The allowable bending stress of a compact wide-flange section bent about their weaker axis
is taken ___ Fy.
0.6
0.66
0.75
0.45
Modulus of Elasticity of structural steel in MPa.
100000
200000
300000
400000
Determine the most economical commercial size of a Yakal beam which can replace a 100mm
x 200mm Apitong beam. The allowable bending stress for Apitong and Yakal are 13.8MPa and
50 x 200mm
75 x 200mm
75 x 250mm
50 x 250mm
A timber has a circular cross section having a diameter of 250 mm. It has a simple span of
4 m. NSCP specs. states that in a circular beam the strength is equal to the strength of
square section having the same area. Allowable stresses of wood are as follows: Shearing
stress parallel to the grain, Fv=1.73 MPa; Bending stress, Fb=16.5 MPa; Allowable
deflection= (1/240) of span; Modulus of elasticity of wood, E=7.31 GPa. Calculate the
maximum uniform load so that the allowable deflection is not exceeded?
7.34 KN/m
8.32 KN/m
5.95 KN/m
10.29 KN/m
The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed:
100
200
250
300
It is an imaginary distance from the centroidal axis at which the entire area can be assumed
to exist without affecting the moment of inertia.
centroid distance
moment of inertia
radius of gyration
eccentricity
The maximum bending moment for a purlin may be taken as:
wL2/12
wL2/10
wL2/8
wL2/20
A timber has a circular cross section having a diameter of 250 mm. It has a simple span of 4
m. NSCP specs. states that in a circular beam the strength is equal to the strength of square
section having the same area. Allowable stresses of wood are as follows: Shearing stress
parallel to the grain, Fv=1.73 MPa; Bending stress, Fb=16.5 MPa; Allowable deflection=
(1/240) of span; Modulus of elasticity of wood, E=7.31 GPa. Calculate the maximum uniform
load so that the allowable shear stress parallel to the grain is not exceeded?
35.26 KN/m
28.31 KN/m
46.21 KN/m
52.36 KN/m
It is the ability of a material like steel to undergo large inelastic deformation without failure.
elasticity
ductility
brittleness
strength
Based on the AISC, what is the maximum slenderness ratio kL/r for tension members?
100
200
250
300
Wood is stronger when load is parallel to the grains.
True
False
The property of a material to undergo plastic deformation after being stressed beyond the
elastic limit before rupturing.
ductility
brittleness
rigidity
toughness
A spherical pressure vessel with an internal diameter of 540 mm is to be generated using a
3 mm thick steel. The yield stress of the material is 450 MPa and the maximum allowable
shear stress is 240 MPa. Determine the maximum allowable internal pressure in MPa.
10 MPa
15 Mpa
20 MPa
25 Mpa
A force that acts perpendicular to the cross section of a structural member and at its centroid.
axial load
eccentric load
moment load
direct load
What is the type of beam wherein no rotation or vertical movement can occur at either ends?
simple beam
restrained beam
cantilever beam
continuous beam
The point in the moment diagram at which the curvature reverses as it changes from concave
to convex is called:
Point of deflection
moment of inertia
point of inflection
zero shear
The ratio of the transverse strain to longitudinal strain
Stress Ratio
Hooke’s Ratio
Poisson’s Ratio
Strain Ratio
It is the largest stress based on the original cross-sectional area which a material can stand.
Thus, it is the maximum ordinate of the stress-strain curve.
Proportional Limit
Yield Strength
Ultimate Strength
Rupture Strength
Give the flexibility of a truss member with length L, cross sectional area A, modulus of
elasticity E and moment of inertia I. Express answer in terms of L, A and E.
AE/L
EL/A
E/AL
L/AE
What is the stress developed in a bar 1m length with rectangular cross section
50mmx50mm subjected to an axial tensile force of 100N?
10 MPa
40 MPa
0.25MPa
0.04MPa
This element is added to the steel to make the steel corrosion resistant, when this element is
more than 16%, the material is called stainlesss steel.
aluminum
zinc
brass
chromium
What is a material that has adhesive and cohesive properties enabling it to bound mineral
fragments into a solid mass in the presence of water
admixtures
adhesives
aggregates
hydraulic cement
What will happen to the concrete strength if the water-to-cement ratio decreases?
Concrete strength increases, porosity decreases, solid-to-space ratio decreases
Concrete strength decreases, porosity increases, solid-to-space ratio decreases
Concrete strength decreases, porosity increases, solid-to-space ratio increases
Concrete strength increases, porosity decreases, solid-to-space ratio increases
As water to cement ratio increases, there is progressive weakening due to increase in porosity.
True
False
Which of the following properties of aggregates has the LEAST influence to the quality of
concrete?
durability of the aggregates, or their resistance to fire and exposure to weathering
color, texture, and shape of the aggregates
amounts and kinds of impurities in the aggregates
grading or maximum comparative sizes of the particles
A concrete mix proportion of 1:2:3 will have a 28th day compressive
strength near?
18 MPa
21 MPa
27 MPa
34 MPa
What is the condition where the tension steel strain reaches the yielding strain
simultaneously with the concrete reaching the crushing strain which is usually 0.003?
simply reinforced
under reinforced
over reinforced
balanced strain
Given: Es = 29,000 ksi, Econcrete = 6,000 ksi. What is the modular ratio?
0.21
4.83
174x10^6
35000
A parameter used for estimating strength of concrete
air entrainment
bleeding
segregation
water-cement ratio
The minimum reinforcement ratio provided by the code is taken ___ / fy.
0.85
0.9
1.4
1.7
0.75
What is the standard weight in kilograms of one bag Portland cement?
30
40
50
60
As per NSCP 2010, the load factor for a dead load is ___.
0.85
0.9
1.4
1.7
0.75
The nominal diameter of #8 rebar in mm ?

25
16
12
10
A slump of zero means high workability.
True
False
Materials that passes through a No. 4 sieve (about 6mm in size).
fine aggregate
coarse aggregate
plain concrete
reinforced concrete
The Code limits the tensile steel percentage in reinforced concrete design to ensure what
kind of failure?
brittle
tough
hard
ductile
The maximum reinforcement ratio provided by the code is taken ____ of pbal.
0.85
0.9
1.4
1.7
0.75

a. Hooke’s Lawb. Pythagorean theorem 2.6 kN/m

12 m. 3 m.
is INCORRECT?
a. 37.44 kN-m. b. 67.39 kN-m.
diagonal of the parallelogram formed on the vectors of
c. 84.2 kN-m. d. 137.76 kN-m.
these forces.
For No. 13 – 15: Using the figure below determine the following
magnitude, opposite in direction, and collinear in action.
directed.
8m
like are what type of loads?
13.
Determine the reaction (RA) at point A.
c. Seismic Loads d. Environmental Loads
a. -48 kN b. 48 kN c. -96 kN d. 96 kN
a. -40 kN-m b. 40 kN-m
a. 160,000 mm4 b. 320,000 mm 4 15. Determine the shear diagram of the beam.
c. 416,667 mm4 d. 720,000 mm 4

a. 120 kN-m b. 135 kN-m
c. 270 kN-m d. 540 kN-m

left most portion.
a. 33.33 kN b. 66.67 kN
c. 90.33 kN d. 133.33 kN
a. A. b. C.
CO2. Determine the of values of reactions at the supports,
c. B. d. D.
9. A type of beam with fixed support and a roller support at the toward the center.
other end. a. Fink truss b. pratt truss
10.. What is the distribution factor (DF) for a fixed support at the car is moving
end of a beam?
a. 50% b. 100% c. 150% d. 200 %
c. 1.4 d. 1.6
c. 8mm
d. 6mm prestressed) beams as per NSCP?
a. 20mm b. 75mm
gross area is:
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy
d. 0.50Fu ___31. Under the AISC Method of evaluating the maximum safe load
of a steel column, the column constant is
d. 0.50Fu
buckling failure, where its average column stress is equal to ___.
23. True/ False : Wood is stronger when load is ┴ to the grains.
a. 0.5Fy b. 1.0Fy c. 0.75Fy d. 2.0Fy
b. False c. Maybe d. Not Sure
24. What is the distance from the extreme fiber in compression to the ___33. The allowable stress for compression members whose
centroid of the tension steel area?
largest effective slenderness ratio of any unbraced segment is less
a. Tension depth b. extreme distance
than the square root of [22E / Fy] as per AISC Standards is___.
c. Effective depth d. centroid distance
a. {1 – [(kL/r)2 / 2Cc2]} * Fy/FS
c. thickness of web d.. area of web d. d. 5/3 + 3(kL/r) / 8Cc – (kL/r)3 / 8Cc3
CO5. Incorporate relevant provisions of the National ___34. The allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on
Building/Structural Code upon the results of such design and effective net area is taken ___% of specified ultimate tensile stress.
investigations. a. 50 b. 60
c. 75 d. 85
26. Based on the AISC, what is the maximum slenderness ratio kL/r
for tension members? As per Section 5.3.3 of NSCP, the nominal maximum sizes of
a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300 coarse aggregate should be greater than
27. The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed: 35.____ the narrowest dimension between sides of forms,
a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300 a. 1/3 b. 1/4
b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
28. Riveted and bolted splice and gusset plates and other connection
fittings subject to tensile force shall be design in accordance with 36____ the depth of slabs, or
AISC requirements where the effective net area shall be taken as the a. 1/3 b. 1/4
actual net area except that, for the purpose of design calculations, it
reinforcing bars.
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
200kN.
b. 300MM d. 400MM
Given:
fc’ = 28 MPa
plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area 475mm
Fy = 475 MPa
b. 14MM d.10MM
300mm

making the excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the 49. Determine the maximum allowable moment (M n)
adjoining building not less than _____days before such excavation a. 400.00 kN-m c. 488.889 kN-m
b. 444.444 kN-m d. 734.800 kN-m
is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)
a. 10days c. 30 days 50. Determine the minimum steel-concrete ratio (ρ min)
b. 20days d. 40days a. 0.0016 b. 0.0033
c. 0.0020 d. 0.0035
N/mm2) is given by c. 0.0227 d. 0.0316
c. 500 N/mm2 d. 550 N/mm2
54. Determine the area of the steel reinforcement (A T)
_____ 44. The development length of bars in compression is taken a. 470.25 mm2 b. 2607.75 mm 2
as c. 2280.0 mm2 d. 3990.00 mm 2
a. economy
c. density
1 2 2
a. f 'c b. c. d.
3 5
f 'c
3 f'c f 'c 57. The process of hardening of concrete in the presence of water
is called
a. Creep
b. Hydration
c. Shrinkage
d. Curing
a. 0.003 b. 0.002 c. 0.001 d. 0.004
58. The continuous strain, which the concrete undergoes due
48. What will happen to the concrete strength if the water-to-
to application of external loads is called
cement ratio decreases?
a. Creep
b. Bleeding
c. Workability
d. Segregation
a. Consistency
b. Compressive strength
c. Tensile strength
a. 24 N/m3 b. 24 kN/m3
c. 25 N/m3 d. 25 kN/m3
1. In T-beam construction, the flange and a.) 0.001
web being built integrally, the width of the b.) 0.002
slab effective as T-beam flange shall not c.) 0.003
exceed one quarter of the span length of d.) 0.004
the beam and the effective overhanging
flange width on each side of the web shall 6. To find the volume of water in a cylinder
not exceed: tank, multiply the area of its base by its
a.) eight times the slab thickness a.) diameter
b.) one-half the clear distance to the next b.) radius
web c.) height
c.) smaller of the above d.) none of these
d.) 500 mm
2. Which of the following criteria for 7. Two forces equal in magnitude and
bundled bars, do not apply? oppositely directed is called
a.) bars larger than 32mm shall not be a.) moment
bundled in beams b.) couple
b.) bundled bars shall be enclosed within c.) reaction
stirrups or ties d.) equilibrant
c.) group of parallel reinforcing bars
bundled in contact to act as a unit shall be 8. A force system to be in static equilibrium,
limited to four in any one bundle the algebraic sum of the forces along any
d.) Individual bars within a bundle direction
terminated within the span of flexural a.) minimum
members shall terminate at different points b.) 100%
with at least 40db staggered c.) maximum
d.) zero
3. A wall that holds back on earth
embankment 9. What is the minimum requirement for
a.) shoring wall development for least 1/3 of the total
b.) retaining wall reinforcement provided for the negative
c.) buttress wall moment reinforcement as an embedment
d.) foundation wall length beyond the point of inflection?
a.) Not less than the effective depth of
4. The process of removing concrete forms member of 12db or 1/16" the clear span,
from the cured concrete whichever is greater
a.) stripping b.) L/3 + D or 24 db or 1/12" the clear span,
b.) deforming works whichever is greater
c.) clearing c.) Not less than 1.5 d or 14 db or 1/12" the
d.) none of these clear span whichever is greater
d.) L/4 2D or 12 db or 1/12" the clear span,
5. Maximum usable strain at extreme whichever is greater
concrete compression fiber shall assumed
to be equal to
10. What is a round, steel bolt embedded in d.) tendon
concrete or masonry use to hold down
machinery, steel columns or beams, 15. It is a circular beam that transmit power
castings, shoes, beam plates and engine to the machinery
heads? a.) shaft
a.) retaining bolts b.) spandrel
b.) foundation bolts c.) rafter
c.) anchor bolts d.) lintel
d.) friction bolts
16. It is the arrangement of any two or
11. The ultimate strength of the material more forces that act on a body or on a
divided by the allowable working load group of related bodies.
a.) maximum strength a.) force system
b.) strength limit b.) transmissibility
c.) safety factor c.) reluctant
d.) none of these d.) equilibrium
12. The stress per square unit area of the 17. The standard hooks for the stirrups and
original cross section of a material which ties shall mean
resists its elongation is a.) a 90-degree bend plus 6 db extension at
a.) allowable stress the free end of bar, for 16mm bar and
b.) tensile stress smaller
c.) flexural stress b.) a 90-degree bend plus 12 db extension
d.) bending stress at the free of end bar, for 20mm and 25mm
bar
13. What is the minimum concrete cover for c.) a 135-degree bend plus 6db extension at
primary reinforcement of beams or columns the free end of bar, for 25mm and smaller
not exposed to earth or water for precast d.) all of the above
manufactured under plant control
conditions? 18. Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and
a.) db but not less than 25mm ties for 16mm bar and smaller shall not be
b.) db but not less than 15mm and need less than
not exceed 40mm a.) 4 db
c.) db but not less than 20mm and not to b.) 6 db
exceed 50mm c.) 8 db
d.) db but not less than 30mm d.) 10 db
14. What is a sheet element such as wire,

cable, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of
such elements _______ pre-stress forces to
concrete? 19. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain is:
a.) prestress cables a.) ratio and proportion
b.) reinforcement b.) modulus of elasticity
c.) tenon cables c.) moment of inertia
d.) slenderness ratio c.) The test results are equal to the claims
on the brochure
20. Aggregates should conform to PNS or d.) The test results is below the claims in
ASTM standards and must be well graded, the brochure and below the PS Standard
easy workability and method of
consolidated are such that thee concrete
can be poured without honeycomb or
voids. What is the nominal maximum size of
a course aggregate when working spaces
between reinforcements for proper
bonding? 23. How is 90-degree bend standard hook
a.) Course aggregates shall be no larger for concrete reinforcement constructed?
than ½ the minimum clear spacing between a.) 90 degree bend plus 10 db extension at
individual reinforcing bars or wires, bundles free end of the bar
of bars, or prestressing tendons or ducts b.) 90 degree bend plus 12 db extension at
b.) Course aggregates shall be no larger free end of the bar
than 5/8 the minimum clear spacing c.) 90 degree bend plus 6 db extension at
between individual reinforcing bars or free end of the bar
wires, bundles of bars, or prestressing d.) 90 degree bend plus 4 db extension at
tendons or ducts free end of the bar
c.) Course aggregates shall be no larger than
7/8 the minimum clear spacing between 24. The steel materials are to be butt joined
individual reinforcing bars or wires, bundles using a fillet weld. The thicker material is
of bars, or prestressing tendons or ducts 8.5mm. What is the minimum size of the
d.) Course aggregates shall be no larger fillet weld?
than 3/4 the minimum clear spacing a.) 3.0mm
between individual reinforcing bars or b.) 7.5mm
wires, bundles of bars, or prestressing c.) 6.0mm
tendons or ducts d.) 5.0mm
22. A brochure of a steel bar manufactures 25. In formula e=PL/AE, E stands for:
claims the following specs: yield strength = a.) total deformation
275 Mpa, tensile strength = 450 Mpa. A b.) elongation
sample 32mm x 1000 mm long steel bar c.) equal forces
was out for sampling with the following test d.) modulus of elasticity
results: yield stress = 28.54 kg/sq mm,
ultimate stress = 50.55 kg/sq. mm. Judge 26. Slab thickness for joist construction shall
the actual test result against what is not be less than one-twelfth the clear
claimed in the brochure and if the test distance between ribs not less than
results meet minimum PS standards. a.) 50mm
a.) The test results surpasses the claims on b.) 75mm
the brochure and surpasses PS Standards c.) 100mm
b.) The test results is below the claims in d.) 125mm
the brochure but surpasses PS Standards
27. It is designed to resist lateral forces
parallel to the plane of the wall 33. A bended rust to resist shear and
a.) bearing wall diagonal stresses in a concrete beam is
b.) curtain wall called
c.) grade wall a.) bottom bar
d.) shear wall b.) metal plate
c.) stirrups
28. The section at which the moment d.) temperature bar
changes from positive to negative is called:
a.) neutral axis 34. Walls that support weight from above
b.) inflection point as well as their own dead weight
c.) point of zero shear a.) load bearing walls
d.) maximum moment b.) shoring walls
c.) curtain walls
29. In column, the ratio of its effective d.) none of these
length to its least radius of gyration is called
a.) moment of inertia 35. Which statement is false?
b.) development length a.) development length of main
c.) slenderness ratio reinforcements is always a function of
d.) ratio and proportion reinforcement diameter
30. A joint where two successive placement b.) transverse reinforcements provide
of concrete meet is called additional flexural support
a.) truss joint c.) spiral hoops have stronger confining
b.) contraction joint effect than ties
c.) construction joint d.) none of these
d.) expansion joint
36. A point in each normal section of a
31. Depth of footing above bottom member through which the axis passes and
reinforcement shall not be less than 150mm about which the section twists
for footing on soil, nor less than ____ for a.) centroid
footing on piles b.) shear center
a.) 200mm c.) center of gravity
b.) 300mm d.) none of the above
c.) 250mm 37. A quantity which measure the
d.) 400mm resistance of the mass to being revolved
about line is called
32. Loads that change position within the a.) tension
span of a beam in short amount of time. b.) torsion
These loads are often exemplified by wheel c.) variation
loads. d.) deflection
a.) varying loads
b.) snow loads 38. A structural member spanning from
c.) dead loads truss-to-truss or supporting rafters
d.) moving loads a.) floor joist
b.) purlin 44. A standard 90 degree hook consists of a
c.) girt bend plus an extension of
d.) girder a.) 8db
b.) 10db
39. It is a twisting force that rotates or c.) 12db
tends to rotate a shaft d.) 16db
a.) dead load
b.) elasticity 45. For offset bent longitudinal bars, the
c.) stress horizontal support at offset bends shall be
d.) torque provided by lateral ties, spiral or parts of
the floor construction. Horizontal support
40. It is synonym to bending stress provided shall be designed to resist 1-1/2
a.) flexural stress times the horizontal component of the
b.) torsional stress computed force in the inclined portion of
c.) tangential stress on offset bar. Lateral ties or spiral shall be
d.) normal stress placed not more than ______ from points
of bend
41. A standard hook may consist of a 180 a.) 100mm
deg. bend plus a 4db extension (at free end) b.) 150mm
not less than c.) 200mm
a.) 55mm d.) 250mm
b.) 60mm
c.) 75mm 46. The greatest stress which a material is
d.) 85mm capable of developing without a permanent
deformation remaining upon the complete
42. The major horizontal supporting release of stress is called
member of the floor system is called a.) allowable stress
a.) rafter b.) moment of inertia
b.) purlin c.) bending stress
c.) girder d.) proportional limit
d.) girt
47. The failure in a base when a heavily
43. A wall which support a vertical loads in loaded column strikes a hole through is
addition to its weight without the benefit of called
a complete vertical load carrying space a.) flexural stress
frame is called b.) punching moment
a.) retaining wall c.) punching shear
b.) curtain wall d.) single shear
c.) shearing wall
d.) bearing wall 48. Bundled bars shall be enclosed within
supports or ties but bars larger than the size
below shall not be bundled in beams
a.) 40mm
b.) 36mm
c.) 32mm 54. Underwater watertight chamber to
d.) 28mm allow construction work to be done
a.) bent chamber
49. Splices in spiral reinforcement shall be b.) submersible air chamber
lap splices of 48db but not less than c.) caisson
a.) 300mm d.) none of these
b.) 400mm
c.) 500mm 55. When a beam is loads, the new position
d.) 600mm of its longitudinal centroid axis is called
a.) deflected shape
b.) parabolic curve
c.) elastic curve
50. Stone placed on a slope to prevent d.) inelastic curve
erosion
a.) riprap 56. What is a design analysis requirement,
b.) flag stone considered as a basis for the structural
c.) embankment design of building and structures, where the
d.) border stone total lateral forces are distributed to various
vertical elements of the lateral force-
51. In any one bundle, groups of parallel resisting system in proportion to their
reinforcing bars bundled in contract to act rigidities considering the rigidity of the
as a unit shall be limited to a maximum of horizontal bracing system or diaphragm?
a.) three a.) shear and moment diagram
b.) four b.) distribution of horizontal shear
c.) five c.) stability against overturning
d.) six d.) horizontal torsional moments
52. It is a single force, or a force and a 57. The actual stress in a material under a
couple which acting alone will produce the given loading
same effect as the force system a.) working stress
a.) force b.) axial stress
b.) resultant c.) bending stress
c.) equilibrium d.) allowable stress
d.) transmissibility
58. Where parallel reinforcement is placed
53. A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel in two or more layers, bars in the upper
or concrete across the top of door or layers shall be placed directly above bars in
window opening to bear the weight of the the bottom layer with clear distance
walls above the opening between layers not less than
a.) lintel a.) 20mm
b.) transom beam b.) 25mm
c.) transvers rafter c.) 30mm
d.) none of these d.) 40mm
59. In spirally reinforced or tied 63. The greatest stretching stress a
reinforcement compression members, clear structural member can bear without
distance between longitudinal (vertical) cracking or breaking
bars shall not be less than 40mm not a.) tension limit
a.) 1.5db b.) tensile stress
b.) 2.0db c.) elasticity limit
c.) 5.0db d.) none of these
d.) 1.0db
64. A beam that project beyond one or both
60. The minimum thickness of non- its support is called
prestressed beams of span L whose a.) overhanging beam
supports are simply supported b.) continuous beam
a.) L/16 c.) intermediate beam
b.) L/18.50 d.) cantilevered beam
c.) L/2
d.) L/8 65. How is camber treated in a steel truss
61. Which of the following criterion a.) camber shall be approximately equal to
precludes good condition practice for 1% of the span
conduits and pipes embedded in concrete b.) camber shall be approximately equal to
a.) conduits and pipes embedded is slab, the dead load deflection
wall, or beam shall not be larger in outside c.) camber shall be approximately equal to
dimension than 1/3 the overall thickness of 0.8% of the span plus 1/3 the dead load
slab, wall or beam in which they are deflection
embedded d.) camber shall be approximately equal to
b.) reinforcement with an area not less than 0.6% of the span plus ½ the live load
0.002 times area of cross-section shall be deflection
provided normal to piping
c.) conduits and pipes, with their fittings 66. It refers to occupancy load which is
embedded within the column shall not either partially or fully in place or may not
displace more than 5% of the area of cross- be present at all is called
section which strength is calculated a.) live load
d.) concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and b.) dead load
fittings hall not be less than 40mm for c.) concentrated load
concrete exposed to each of the weather d.) distributed load
62. The most important component to 67. What is the method of analyzing
determine the strength of a concrete mix is indeterminate modular building frames by
a.) cement assuming hinges at the center of the beam,
b.) sand spans and columns height
c.) gravel a.) cantilever method
d.) lime b.) moment distribution method
d.) portal method
b.) strength
c.) slenderness
d.) stress
68. Which of the following criterion is NOT 72. One-way concrete slab are used when:
applicable for plug and slot welds? a.) The slab is being supported by two
a.) the thickness of plug/slot welds in parallel beams
material 16mm or less in thickness shall be b.) The slab has no cantilevered portion
equal to the thickness of the material c.) The concrete slab is reinforced on the
b.) the minimum center to center spacing in near bottom side
a longitudinal direction on any line shall be d.) The concrete slab is sloping to the all
2 times the length of the slot side
c.) the thickness of plug or slot welds in
material over 16mm in thickness shall be at
least ½ times the material but not less than
16mm
d.) the width of the slot shall not be less
than the thickness of the part containing it
plus 8mm nor shall it be greater than 2-1/2
times the thickness of weld 73. In joist construction, consisting of
monolithic combination of regularly spaced
69. The minimum clear spacing between ribs and a top slab, the ribs shall not be less
parallel bars in a layer shall be db but not than 100mm in width and shall have a
less than depth of not more than _____ times the
a.) 20mm minimum width of rib
b.) 25mm a.) 2
c.) 40mm b.) 2-1/2
d.) 50mm c.) 3
d.) 3-1/2
70. A composite member with laterally tied
concrete around a steel core (of design 74. Again, for joist construction, the clear
yield strength not to exceed 350 MPa) shall spacing between ribs shall not exceed
have vertical spacing of lateral ties shall not a.) 250mm
exceed b.) 750mm
a.) 16 longitudinal bar diameter or 48 tie c.) 50mm
diameter d.) 1000mm
b.) ½ times the least side dimension of the
composite member 75. As a seismic requirement for flexural
c.) any of the above members where hoops are required. How
d.) none of the above are the remaining portions of a beam
treated with transverse reinforcement
71. It means that by which a body develops other than those required with hoops?
internal resistance to stress
a.) strain
a.) Where hoops are not required, stirrups b.) moment
shall be spaced at no more than d/2 c.) force
throughout the length of the member d.) strength
b.) Where hoops are not required, stirrups
shall be spaced at no more than d/3 80. Any material change in shape when
throughout the length of the member subjected to the action of a force is called
c.) Where hoops are not required, hoops a.) reflection
shall continue except that spacing shall not b.) deflection
be more than d/2 c.) deformation
d.) Where hoops are not required, closed d.) acceleration
stirrups shall be spaced at no more than d/4
throughout the length of the member 81. For normal weight concrete, the
modulus of elasticity of concrete Ec, may be
76. What is a concrete bean placed directly taken as
on the ground to provide foundation for the a.) 1700 √𝑓𝑐 ′
superstructure b.) 2700 √𝑓𝑐 ′
a.) strap beam
c.) 3700 √𝑓𝑐 ′
b.) gerber beam
c.) grade beam d.) 4700 √𝑓𝑐 ′
d.) tie beam
82. An expansion joints adjacent parts of a
77. The point in the moment diagram at structure to permit expected movements
which the curvature reverses as it changes between them is called
from concave to convex is called a.) contraction joint
a.) point of deflection b.) truss joint
b.) moment of inertia c.) construction joint
c.) point of inflection d.) conduction joint
d.) magnitude
83. The deformation of as structural
member as a result of loads acting on it is
called
a.) strength
78. For beam with a slab on one side only, b.) stress
the effective overhanging flange width shall c.) strain
not exceed d.) deflection
a.) 1/12 the span length of the beam
b.) 6 times the slab thickness 84. The force adhesion per unit area of
c.) ½ the clear distance to the next web contact between two bonded surface
d.) any of the above a.) axial stress
b.) bond stress
79. The tendency for one part of a beam to c.) allowable stress
move vertically with respect to an adjacent d.) flexural stress
part is called
a.) shear
b.) 1/3
c.) ½
85. A kind of roof that has four sloping sides d.) 2/3
a.) gable roof
b.) mansard roof 90. The connection between two structural
c.) hip roof elements joined at their ends to form a
d.) lean roof single, longer element
a.) splice
86. A type of concrete floor which has no b.) stiffness
beam is called c.) stress
a.) flat slab d.) slender action
b.) 2-way slab
c.) one-way slab
d.) ribbed floor
87. Concrete slab should have a minimum

clearance of
a.) 20mm
b.) 40mm
c.) 15mm
d.) 30mm
88. In walls and slabs other than concrete

joist construction, primary flexural
reinforcement shall be spaces not farther
apart than three times the wall or slab
thickness, nor
a.) 300mm
b.) 400mm
c.) 450mm
d.) 550mm

longitudinal skin reinforcement shall be
uniformly distributed along both side faces
of the members for the distance d/2
nearest the flexural tension reinforcement.
The maximum spacing of the skin
reinforcement shall not exceed the lesser of
the d/6 and 300mm. The total area of the
longitudinal skin reinforcement in both
faces need not exceed ______ of the
required flexural tension reinforcement.
a.) ¼
1. It is a structural system without complete 6. The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø
vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP through 25mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30)
208.20) a.) 12 db
a.) Braced frame b.) 6 db
b.) Bearing wall system c.) 8 db
c.) Rigid component d.) 10 db
d.) Concentric braced frame
2. Is a component including its attachments

having fundamental period less than or
equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20) 7. The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø
a.) Braced frame through 36mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30)
b.) Bearing wall system a.) 12 db
c.) Rigid component b.) 6 db
d.) Flexible component c.) 8 db
d.) 10 db
3. Is a component including its attachments
having fundamental period greater than 8. The minimum clear spacing between
0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20) parallel bars in a layer must be db but not
a.) Braced frame less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
b.) Bearing wall system a.) 50mm
c.) Rigid component b.) 25mm
d.) Flexible component c.) 75mm
d.) 100mm
4. Concrete filled driven piles of uniform
section shall have a nominal outside 9. In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced
diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3) compression members, clear distance
a.) 200 mm between longitudinal bars shall not be less
b.) 250 mm than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
c.) 300 mm a.) 2.0 db
d.) 350 mm b.) 2.15 db
c.) 1.50 db
5. A complete record of test of materials d.) 1.75 db
and of concrete shall be available for
inspection during the progress of work and 10. In walls and slabs other than concrete
_______ years after completion of the joist construction, primary flexural
project and shall be preserved by the reinforcement shall not be spaced farther
inspecting engineer or architect for that apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor
purpose, (NSCP 403.20) farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)
a.) 2 years a.) 375mm
b.) 5 years b.) 450mm
c.) 10 years c.) 500mm
d.) 15 years d.) 300mm
11. Groups of parallel reinforcing bars
bundled in contact to act as one unit shall 16. In ultimate strength design, the strength
be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. reduction factor Ø for flexure without axial
(NSCP 407.7.6.1) loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)
a.) 4 a.) 0.85
b.) 3 b.) 0.75
c.) 2 c.) 0.90
d.) 5 d.) 0.70
12. Bars larger than ___mm shall not be 17. In ultimate strength design, the strength
bundled in beams: reduction factor Ø for shear and torsion:
(NSCP 407.7.6.3) (NSCP 409.4.2.3)
a.) 25mm a.) 0.70
b.) 16mm b.) 0.75
c.) 28mm c.) 0.85
d.) 36mm d.) 0.90
18. The minimum one way slab thickness

which is simply supported at the ends only
is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
a.) L/20
13. Individual bars within a bundle b.) L/24
terminated within the span of flexural c.) L/28
members shall terminate at different points d.) L/10
with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
a.) 12 db 19. The minimum one way slab thickness
b.) 10 db for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP
c.) 50 db 409.6.2)
d.) 40 db a.) L/20
b.) L/24
14. Minimum concrete cover cast against c.) L/10
and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP d.) L/28
407.8.1)
a.) 100 mm 20. The minimum one way slab thickness
b.) 75 mm for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP
c.) 50 mm 409.6.2)
d.) 150 mm a.) L/20
b.) L/24
15. The minimum clear concrete covering c.) L/10
for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1) d.) L/28
a.) 20mm
b.) 25mm 21. The minimum cantilevered slab
c.) 40mm thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2)
d.) 50mm a.) L/20
b.) L/24
c.) L/10 27. Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal
d.) L/28 system activity to transmit lateral forces to
the vertical resisting elements:
22. Deep continuous flexural members has a.) Building frame system
overall depth to clear span ratio greater b.) Braced frame
than: (NSCP 410.8.10) c.) Diaphragm
a.) 0.40 d.) Collector
b.) 0.60
c.) 0.75 28. Is a frame in which members and joints
d.) 0.70 are capable of resisting forces primarily by
flexure:
23. Deep simple span flexural members has a.) Moment resisting frame
overall depth to clear span ratio greater b.) Ordinary braced frame
than: (NSCP 307.4.2) c.) Truss
a.) 0.40 d.) Eccentric braced frame
b.) 0.60
c.) 0.75 29. In the determination of seismic dead
d.) 0.70 load with a minimum of ________% of floor
live load shall be applicable for storage and
24. Spacing of shear reinforcement placed warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed a.) 50%
member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1) b.) 25%
a.) d/2 c.) 30%
b.) d/4 d.) 35%
c.) ¾ d
d.) d/5 30. The slope of cut surfaces shall be no
steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP
25. Development length Ld for deformed 302.2.2)
bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP a.) 50%
412.3.1) b.) 60%
a.) 300 mm c.) 30%
b.) 250 mm d.) 40%
c.) 200 mm
d.) 350 mm 31. Before commencing the excavation
work, the person making the excavation
26. Is an essentially vertical truss system of shall notify in writing the owner of the
the concentric or eccentric type that is adjoining building not less than _____days
provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP before such excavation is to be made.
208.1) (NSCP 302.2.4)
a.) Building frame system a.) 15 days
b.) Braced frame b.) 10 days
c.) Diaphragm c.) 30 days
d.) Collector d.) 60 days
shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at
32. Fill slopes shall not be constructed on 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
natural slopes steeper than ____% slope a.) 30 Mpa
(NSCP 302.3.1) b.) 15 Mpa
a.) 50% c.) 10 Mpa
b.) 10% d.) 5 Mpa
c.) 20%
d.) 60% 37. When grillage footings of structural
steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be
completely embedded in concrete.
Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm
on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
a.) 100 mm
b.) 200 mm
33. The minimum distance that the toe of c.) 150 mm
fill slope made to the site boundary line: d.) 250 mm
(NSCP 302.4.3)
a.) 0.80 M 38. Temporary open air portable bleachers
b.) 0.60 M may be supported upon wood sills or steel
c.) 1.50 M plates placed directly upon the ground
d.) 2.00 M surface, provided soil pressure does not
exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
34. The max. distance that the toe of fill a.) 100 Kpa
slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP b.) 50 Kpa
302.4.3) c.) 150 Kpa
a.) 0.80 M d.) 200 Kpa
b.) 0.60 M
c.) 6.00 M
d.) 1.00 M
35. In using sand backfill in the annular 39. The minimum nominal diameter of steel
space around column not embedded in bolts when wood plates or sill shall be
poured footings, the sand shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic
thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
not more than _____mm in depth? (NSCP a.) 10mm
305.7.3) b.) 12mm
a.) 500 mm c.) 16mm
b.) 400 mm d.) 20mm
c.) 200 mm
d.) 300 mm 40. The minimum nominal diameter of steel
bolts when wood plates or sill shall be
36. In using a concrete backfill in the bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic
annular space around column not area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
embedded in poured footings, the concrete a.) 10mm
b.) 12mm 45. Cast in place/bored piles shall have a
c.) 16mm specific compressive strength Fc of not less
d.) 20mm than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)
a.) 17.50 Mpa
41. Individual pile caps and caissons of b.) 20 Mpa
every structure subjected to seismic forces c.) 15 Mpa
shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties d.) 25 Mpa
shall be capable of resisting in tension or
compression a minimum horizontal force 46. Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a
equal to _____% of the largest column specific compressive strength Fc of not less
vertical load. (NSCP 306.20) than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
a.) 15% a.) 17.50 Mpa
b.) 20% b.) 20 Mpa
c.) 10% c.) 15 Mpa
d.) 25% d.) 25 Mpa
42. Such piles into firm ground may be 47. The maximum spacing of ties and spirals
considered fixed and laterally supported at in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to
_____M below the ground surface. (NSCP center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
306.20) a.) 75 mm
a.) 1.50 M b.) 100 mm
b.) 2.00 M c.) 125 mm
c.) 2.50 M d.) 150 mm
d.) 3.00 M
48. Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles
43. Such piles into soft ground may be shall have a specified compressive strength
considered fixed and laterally supported at Fc of not less than ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)
_____M below the ground surface. (NSCP a.) 20 Mpa
306.20) b.) 15 Mpa
a.) 1.50 M c.) 25 Mpa
b.) 2.00 M d.) 35 Mpa
c.) 2.50 M
d.) 3.00 M 49. The minimum outside diameter of pipe
piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3)
44. The maximum length of cast in place a.) 300 mm
piles/bored piles shall be _____times the b.) 250 mm
average diameter of the pile. (NSCP c.) 350 mm
307.2.1) d.) 400 mm
a.) 10 times
b.) 20 times 50. Aviation control towers fall to what type
c.) 30 times of occupancy?
d.) 15 times a.) Special occupancy structures
b.) Essential facilities
c.) Hazardous facility
d.) Standard occupancy 56. Retaining walls shall be designed to
resist sliding by at least _______times the
51. Private garages, carports, sheds, lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)
agricultural buildings fall to what type of a.) 3
occupancy? b.) 2
a.) Miscellaneous occupancy c.) 1.50
b.) Essential facilities d.) 1.0
c.) Special occupancy
d.) Hazardous facility 57. Retaining walls shall be designed to
resist overturning by at least ______times
52. Buildings used for college or adult the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)
education with a capacity of 500 or more a.) 1.0
students fall to what type of occupancy? b.) 2.50
a.) Miscellaneous occupancy c.) 2.0
b.) Essential facilities d.) 1.50
c.) Special occupancy
d.) Hazardous facility
53. Buildings or structures therein housing

and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals
or substances fall to what type of category?
a.) Miscellaneous occupancy 58. As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical
b.) Essential facilities impact force for crane load, if powered
c.) Special occupancy monorail cranes are considered, the max.
d.) Hazardous facility wheel load of the crane shall be increased
by what percent to determine the induced
54. The allowable deflection for any vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
structural member loaded with live load a.) 50%
only. (NSCP 107.2.2) b.) 25%
a.) L/300 c.) 15%
b.) L/360 d.) 20%
c.) L/200
d.) L/240 59. The lateral force on a crane runway
beam with electrically powered trolleys
55. The allowable deflection for any shall be calculated as ______% of the sum
structural member loaded with dead load of the rated capacity of the crane and the
and live load only. (NSCP 104.2.2) weight of the hoist and trolley. (NSCP
a.) L/240 206.9.4)
b.) L/300 a.) 20%
c.) L/360 b.) 15%
d.) L/200 c.) 30%
d.) 50%
60. The longitudinal forces on crane runway a.) 1.0
beams, except for bridge cranes with hand b.) 1.15
geared bridges shall be calculated as c.) 0.87
_____% of the max. wheel load of the d.) 2.0
crane. (NSCP 206.9.5)
a.) 15% 66. The wind load importance factor for
b.) 10% miscellaneous structures is equal to?
c.) 25% a.) 1.0
d.) 20% b.) 1.15
c.) 0.87
61. An open building is a structure having all d.) 2.0
walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207)
a.) 50% 67. Large city centers with at least 50% of
b.) 60% the buildings having a height greater than
c.) 80% 21M. falls on what exposure category for
d.) 75% wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
a.) Exposure A
62. Low rise buildings is an enclosed or b.) Exposure B
partially enclosed with mean roof height c.) Exposure C
less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20) d.) Exposure D
a.) 70 M
b.) 50 M 68. Open terrain with scattered
c.) 15 M obstructions having heights less than 9M.
d.) 18 M Falls on what exposure category for wind
loading?
63. The wind load importance factor lw for a.) Exposure A
essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP b.) Exposure B
207.50) c.) Exposure C
a.) 1.15 d.) Exposure D
b.) 1.0
c.) 2.15 69. Flat unobstructed areas exposed to
d.) 0.87 wind flowing over open water for a distance
of at least 2 km falls on what exposure
category for wind loading?
a.) Exposure A
64. The wind load importance factor for b.) Exposure B
hazardous facilities is equal to? c.) Exposure C
a.) 1.0 d.) Exposure D
b.) 0.87
c.) 1.15
d.) 2.15
65. The wind load importance factor for

standard occupancy structures is equal to?
width b of compression flange or face.
(NSCP 410.5.10)
70. Urban and suburban areas, wooded a.) 40
areas or other terrain with numerous b.) 50
closely spaced obstructions having the size c.) 60
of single family dwelling or larger falls on d.) 30
what exposure category for wind loading?
a.) Exposure A
b.) Exposure B
c.) Exposure C
d.) Exposure D
71. Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind 76. For a rectangular reinforced concrete
velocity of ____Kph? compression member, it shall be permitted
a.) 150 Kph to take the radius of gyration equal to
b.) 250 Kph _______times the overall dimension of the
c.) 125 Kph direction of stability is being considered.
d.) 200 Kph (NSCP 410.12.20)
a.) 0.30
72. Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind b.) 0.45
velocity of ____Kph? c.) 0.50
a.) 200 Kph d.) 0.75
b.) 125 Kph
c.) 150 Kph 77. For members whose design is based on
d.) 250 Kph compressive force, the slenderness ratio
kL/r preferably should not exceed
73. Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind ________? (NSCP 502.8.1)
velocity of ____Kph? a.) 300
a.) 200 Kph b.) 250
b.) 125 Kph c.) 200
c.) 150 Kph d.) 350
d.) 250 Kph
74. In testing concrete laboratory cured tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r
specimens, no individual strength test preferably should not exceed _________.
(average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc’ by a.) 200
more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3) b.) 300
a.) 5 Mpa c.) 250
b.) 4.25 Mpa d.) 350
c.) 3.50 Mpa
d.) 4.0 Mpa 79. For pin connected members, the
allowable stress on the net area of the
75. Spacing for a lateral support for a beam pinhole for pin connected members is
shall not exceed _______times the least _________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)
a.) 0.60 Fy
b.) 0.50 Fy 84. The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in
c.) 0.45 Fy single system shall not exceed ________.
d.) 0.40 Fy (NSCP 505.5.80)
a.) 140 mm
80. Other than pin connected members, the b.) 200 mm
allowable tensile stress shall not exceed c.) 250 mm
_______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1) d.) 100 mm
a.) 0.60 Fy
b.) 0.45 Fy 85. The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in
c.) 0.33 Fy double system shall not exceed ________.
d.) 0.66 Fy a.) 140 mm
b.) 200 mm
81. For pin connected plates, the minimum c.) 250 mm
net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the d.) 100 mm
axis of the member shall not be less than
_______of the net area across the pinhole. 86. For members bent about their strong or
(NSCP 504.4.2.1) weak axes, members with compact sections
a.) 3/4 where the flanges continuously connected
b.) 2/3 to web the allowable bending stress is
c.) 3/5 _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
d.) 1/3 a.) 0.75 Fy
b.) 0.60 Fy
82. For pin connected members in which c.) 0.45 Fy
the pin is expected to provide for relative d.) 0.66 Fy
movement between connected parts while
under full load, the diameter of the pinhole 87. For box type and tabular textural
shall not be more than ______mm greater members that meet the non compact
than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP section requirements of section 502.6, the
504.4.2.3) allowable bending stress is ________.
a.) 1 mm (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
b.) 0.5 mm a.) 0.75 Fy
c.) 0.80 mm b.) 0.60 Fy
d.) 2 mm c.) 0.45 Fy
d.) 0.66 Fy
83. The maximum longitudinal spacing of
bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly 88. Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to
two rolled shapes in contact for a built up the girder web shall be spaced not more
section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)
505.5.4) a.) 300 mm
a.) 700 mm b.) 400 mm
b.) 500 mm c.) 350 mm
c.) 600 mm d.) 250 mm
d.) 400 mm
89. Ira composite beam section, the actual than ________Kn of force. (NSCP
section modulus of the transformed 510.10.61)
composite section shall be used in a.) 30
calculating the concrete flexural b.) 50
compressed stress and for construction c.) 26.70
without temporary shores, this stress shall d.) 35
be based upon loading applied after the 94. The connections at ends of tension or
concrete has reached _____% of its compression members in trusses shall
required strength. develop the force due to the design load,
a.) 50% but no less than _______% at the effective
b.) 60% strength of the member unless a smaller
c.) 80% percentage is justified by engineering
d.) 75% analysis that considers other factors
including handling, shipping and erection.
90. Shear connectors shall have at least (NSCP 510.2.5.1)
________mm of lateral concrete covering. a.) 50
(NSCP 509.5.8) b.) 70
a.) 50 mm c.) 65
b.) 100 mm d.) 100
c.) 25 mm
d.) 40 mm 95. When formed steel decking is a part of
the composite beam, the spacing of stud
91. The minimum center to center spacing shear connector along the length of the
of stud connectors along the longitudinal supporting beam or girder shall not exceed
axis of supporting composite beam is _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
____________. a.) 800
(NSCP 509.5.8) b.) 750
a.) 6 diameter of connector c.) 900
b.) 10 diameter of connector d.) 1000
c.) 12 diameter of connector
d.) 5 diameter of connector 96. The minimum sizes of filler weld for
plates with thickness greater than 20mm is
92. The maximum center to center spacing ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
of stud connectors along the longitudinal a.) 10
axis of supporting composite beam is b.) 8
____________. (NSCP 509.5.8) c.) 15
a.) 8 diameter of connector d.) 20
b.) 6 diameter of connector
c.) 5 diameter of connector 97. The minimum sizes of filler weld for
d.) 10 diameter of connector plates with thickness 6mm is ________?
(NSCP 510.3.3.2)
93. Connections carrying calculated a.) 3 mm
stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and b.) 6 mm
girts, shall be designed to support not less c.) 8 mm
d.) 10 mm
98. The minimum sizes of filler weld for

plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm
is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
a.) 8 mm
b.) 10 mm
c.) 6 mm
d.) 5 mm
Structural Exit Exam April 2019
CO1. Determine the values of reactions at ____9. Determine is the distribution factor (DF) for member AB.
the supports, values of shearing, force a. 0 b. 0.545
and bending moments of statically c. 0.455 d. 1
determinate beams;
____10. The Final moment for member AB is shown to be
_____1. A hollow steel tube with a diameter of 100 mm must carry a a. 35.7 kN-m b. -101.4 kN-m
tensile load of 400 kN. Determine the stress of the tube. c. 101.4 kN-m d. -174.3 kN-m
a. 31.14 MN/m2 b. 63.66 MN/m2
c. 50.92 MN/m2 d. 80.24 MN/m2 ____11. The Rotation for the moment for member AB is
a. Counter-clockwise b. Clockwise
_____2. Determine the elongation of a rod having a diameter of c. All of the above d. None of the above
36mm with a length of 1000mm. A 400kN tensile load is exerted at
the lower end. Assume that is E=200x103 N/m2.
a. 1.534 mm b. 3.142 mm
c. 1.964 mm d. 1.473 mm
___12. What is the maximum moment of the beam shown? Ignore
the weight of the beam.
____3. A simple beam supports a 20 kN/m load occupying the whole
span of 10m. The maximum moment developed is
2.3 KN/M
a. 120 kN-m b. 150 kN-m
c. 160 kN-m d. 200kN-m ans: 250 kN/m

14 m. 4 m.
a. 68.88 KN-m. b. 50.12 KN-m.

c. 84.2 KN-m. d. 137.76 KN-m.
___13. The point on the cross section of a member where a

transverse load must pass to minimize twisting
____4. Determine the reaction (RA) at point A. a. centroid b. shear center
a. -40 kN b. 40 kN c. -80 kN c. torsional center d. center of mass
d. 80 Kn
____5. Determine the maximum moment of the beam.
a. -40 kN-m b. 40 kN-m 12 kN/m
c. -80 kN-m d. 80 kN-m
_____6. Compute the shear modulus of a steel if E=200,000Mpa and

the Poisson’s ratio is 0.50.
a. 71428.57 MPa b. 67870.04 MPa 8m
c. 76923.07 MPa d. 68670.06 MPa
14. Determine the reaction (RA) at point A.
_____7. A continuous beam simply supported over an 8 meter span a. -48 kN b. 48 kN c. -96 kN
carries a linearly increasing distributed load of 50 kN/m starting from d. 96 kN
the left most portion until the center of the span. Determine the
support at left most portion. 15. Determine the maximum moment of the beam.
a. 33.33 kN b. 66.67 kN a. -40 kN-m b. 40 kN-m
c. 90.33 kN d. 133.33 kN c. -96 kN-m d. 96 kN-m
CO2. Determine the of values of reactions at the 16. Determine the shear diagram of the beam.
supports, values of shearing force and A.
beams (continuous beams and restrained
beams) using the Three-Moment Equation
B.
____8. What is the distribution factor (DF) for a roller support at the
end of a beam?
a. 0 b. 1
c. M/2 d. None of the above
C.
D.
a. A. b. C.
c. B. d. D.
For No. 9 –10: Using moment distribution method determine the
following unknowns for a two-span continuous beam shown. EI is
constant.
CO4. Design and investigate simple timber and As per Section 5.3.3 of NSCP, the nominal maximum sizes of
steel structures coarse aggregate should be greater than
____17. Modulus elasticity of steel is generally taken as ____31. the narrowest dimension between sides of forms,
a. 2 x 105 N/mm2 b. 2 x 106 N/mm2 a. 1/3 b. 1/4
c. 2 x 106 N/mm2 d. 2 x 105 N/mm2 b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
____18. On a fillet weld, the normal distance from the root to the ____32. the depth of slabs, or
theoretical face of the weld is called the ____ of the weld a. 1/3 b. 1/4
a. Butt b. Face
c. Throat d. Base b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
____19. What is the condition where the tension steel strain reaches ____33. As stated in the NSCP 2010 provisions 407.7.1 for one-way
the yielding strain simultaneously with the concrete reaching the slab design the minimum clear spacing between parallel bars shall
crushing strain which is usually 0.003? be either diameter of the bars or ___.
a. balanced strain b. over reinforced a. 25 mm b. 35 mm
c. simply reinforced d. under-reinforced c. 30 mm d. 40 mm
____20. Design yield stress for steel in tension and compression is ____34. The Minimum bar spacing should not be less than the
a. 0.65 Fy b. 0.87 Fy a. Diameter of the largest bar
c. 0.75 Fy d. None of the above b. Maximum size of aggregate
c. All of the above
____21. Which of the following values can be used as 22. The d. None of the above
allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of effective
net area is: ____35. The diameter of the stirrups according to the NSCP 2010
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy should not be less than
d. 0.50Fu a. 6 mm b. 8 mm
c. 10 mm d. 12 mm
_____22. True/ False : Wood is stronger when load is ┴ to the
grains. ____36. The effective area in resisting shear of rolled and fabricated
a. True b. False c. Maybe d. Not Sure shaped may be taken as:
*parallel a. Overall depth times the web thickness
____23. What is the distance from the extreme fiber in compression b. Overall depth lines the flange thickness
to the centroid of the tension steel area? c. Flange width times overall depth
a. Tension depth b. extreme distance d. Overall flange thickness times width of flange
c. Effective depth d. centroid distance
____37. Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties for 16mm bar
____24. The shear strength of a steel I-beam is dependent on the and smaller shall not be less than
a. thickness of flange b. width of flange a. 4d b. 6d
c. thickness of web d.. area of web c. 8d d. 10d
CO5. Incorporate relevant provisions of the ____38. The allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on
National Building/Structural Code upon the effective net area is taken ___% of specified ultimate tensile stress.
results of such design and investigations. a. 50 b. 60
c. 75 d. 85
___25. Which of the following values can be used as a concrete
cover for the primary reinforcement of concrete beams as per NSCP CO6. Design/Investigate simple reinforced
2010? concrete structures
a. 20mm b. 75mm
c. 40mm d. 85mm ____39. Slab should be design as one-way slab if the ratio (m) of
the shorter side over the longer side of the slab is
___26. The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must a. m>0.5 b. m<0.5
be? (NSCP 2010, 307.6.3) c. m=1 d. m=0
a. 250 mm b. 300 mm
c. 350 mm d. 400 mm For No. 40 – 45: Using Ultimate strength design, determine the
unknown of the following, shown below is the cross-section of the
beam.
___ 27. As per NSCP 2010, the minimum slab thickness of slabs
Given:
shall not be less than ____
AT = 2580 mm2
a. 100 mm b. 125 mm
600mm fc’ = 28 MPa
c. 150 mm d. 200 mm
fy = 420 MPa
Es = 200 GPa
____28. In spirally reinforced or tied reinforcement compression
75mm
members, clear distance between longitudinal (vertical) bars shall not
be less than 40mm nor 375mm
a. 1.5 db b. 2.0 db c. 5.0 db
d. 1.0 db ____40. Determine the minimum steel-concrete ratio (ρmin)
a. 0.0011 b. 0.0033 c. 0.0021
_____29. Based on the AISC, what is the maximum slenderness ratio d. 0.0051
kL/r for tension members?
a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300 ____41. Determine the actual steel-concrete ratio (ρmin)
a. 0.011 b. 0.033 c. 0.021
_____30. The minimum reinforcement ratio provided by the code is d. 0.051
taken ___ / fy.
a. 1.0 b. 1.2 c. 1.4 d. 1.6
____42. Determine the max. steel-concrete ratio (ρmax) ____57. Means of spreading foundation loads over a wide are thus
a. 0.0131 b. 0.0373 minimizing bearing pressure and limiting
c. 0.0213 d. 0.0512 a. Strap Foundation b. Matt Foundation
c. Combined Foundation d. NOTA
____43. Which of the following assumptions holds true?
a. Concrete would yield first ____58.In the general column formula, the term L/r IS KNOWN AS:
b. Steel would yield first a. Poisson Ratio b. Slenderness ratio
c. Concrete and steel would both yield c. Rigidity Factor d. Stiffness Ratio
____59.The following are non -destructive tests in concrete EXCEPT.
____44. Find the depth of the equivalent stress block (a) a.Pulse velocity b.Pull-out test
a. 101.210 mm b. 272.130 mm c.Rebound hammer d.Penetration
c. 121.410 mm d. 216.302 mm
____60.In a long column (slenderness ratio> 160) which of the following
____45. Determine the maximum allowable moment (Mn) has the greatest influence on its tendency to buckle under a compressive
a. 127.210 kN-m b. 476.020 kN-m load?
b. 221.760 kN-m d. 584.380 kN-m a.modulus of elasticity
b.compressive strength of the material
____46. In any one bundle, groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in c.length of column
contract to act as a unit shall be limited to a maximum of d.radius of gyration of the column
a. three b. four
c. five d. six ____61.Honey comb in concrete can be limited by the
a.use of chlordane chemical
_____47. The design is said to be under reinforced if the ρ act is ____ b.use of admixtures in concrete mix
ρmin? c.use of vibrator
a. equal to b. less than d.NOTA
c. greater than d. none of the above
____62.Flexural members will overall depth to clear span of ratios
_____48.Piles that are driven at an inclination to resist forces that are greater than 2/5 for continuous spans, 4/5 simple spans, is known as
not vertical are called: and should be designed as:
a. batter piles c. slanting piles a. Spandrel beams c. Deep beams
b. spur piles d. all of the above b. Upstand beam d. Cross girders
_____49.A buried plate or block tied to and forming an anchorage for ____63. To achieve the most economical design, the spacing of stirrups
sheet pilling or for a retaining wall is a: at mid span section _______ compared to that of support section
a. Anchor Plate c. Dead Man a. Must be equal b. Must be decreased
d. Block Plate d. NOTA c. Must be increased d. None of the above.
_____50.A method used advantageously in driving piled in sand, gravel ____64. What is the minimum concrete cover for primary reinforcement
or soft packed clay due to high resistance offered by this materials to of beams or columns not exposed to earth or water for precast
piles driven by hammer is called: manufactured under plant control conditions?
a. Splitting c.Stream Hammer a. db but not less than 25mm
b. Jetting d. NOTA b. db but not less than 15mm and need not exceed 40mm
c. db but not less than 20mm and not to exceed 50mm
_____51.The most important factor affecting the strength of concrete is: d. db but not less than 30mm
a. Water-Cement Ratio b. Void-Cement Ratio
c. Quantity of Cement d. All of the above ____65. For a multistory warehouse building with heavy floor loads (400
psf [20 kN/m2]) and moderate spans (to 30 feet [10m]), which of the
_____52.The milk layer composed of cement and fine aggregate on the following types of reinforced-concrete slab would likely be most
upper surface of the concrete mass during curing process due to an appropriate? (Distance LN is identical in all cases)
excess amount of water used:
a. Laittance c. Mortar
b. Groul d. Plaster
____53.The stresses that cause crack in reinforced concrete beams that

are vertical at the center of the span and become more inclined as they
approach the supports where they slope at an angle of about 45
degrees:
a. Shear Stress c. Vertical-Stress
b. Diagonal Tension d. Torsional Stress
____54. A bearing Pile surrounded by earth and supported entirely by

friction; carries no load at its end:
a. Load Bearing Pile c. Raymond Pile
b. Friction Pile d. Pre-cast Pile
____55. Have the effect of delaying the onset of hardening and usually
also of reducing the rate of the reaction when it does start.
a. Retardant c. plasticizer
b. Pozzolana d. NOTA
___56. Used to give plasticity or cohesion, mainly to mor5ars, but

sometimes also to concrete. They function by entraining large, amount of
air and they therefore reduce strength
a. Plasticizer c. Air Entrainment
b. Pozzolana d. NOTA a. A b. B c. C. d. D
JANUARY 2019 CE EXIT
CO1. Determine the values of reactions at the

supports, values of shearing, force and
bending moments of statically determinate ____7. What is the max moment for a restrained
beams; beam?
a. wL2/8 b. wL3/12
3
____1. A simple beam supports a 30 kN/m uniform load C. wL /8 D. wL2/12
occupying the whole span of m. The maximum moment
developed is _____8. Calculate the “second moment of area”
a. 120 kN-m b. 135 kN-m
of a rectangular section with base of 50mm and
c. 270 kN-m d. 540 kN-m
height of 100mm.
a. 5000 mm4 b. 500000 mm4
___2. From the simply supported beam shown, c. 4166667 mm4 d. 343333 mm4
calculate the reaction at A?
____ 9. Compute the shear modulus of a steel if
E=200,000Mpa and the Poisson’s ratio is 0.50.
a. 71428.57 MPa b. 67870.04 MPa
c. 76923.07 MPa d. 68670.06 MPa
____10. The 100-lb resultant of the four forces

together with three of those four forces is shown
in the figure. Determine the fourth force.
a. 342.72 KN
b. 502.73 KN
c. 657.27 KN
d. 817.27 KN
___3. Calculate the “second moment of area” of a

rectangular section with base of 50mm and height of
100mm.
a. 5000 mm4 b. 500000 mm4
c. 4166667 mm4 d. 343333 mm4
____4.0. Two forces of 200 N and 300 N pull in a

horizontal plane on a vertical post. If the angle
between them is 85°, what angle does it make
with the 200-N force?
A. 32.1 degrees A. 130.4 lb
B. 42.5 degrees B. 202.6 lb
C. 52.9 degrees C. 342.5 lb
D. 460.2 lb
D. 70.8 degrees
____5. When a beam is loaded, the new position CO2. Determine the of values of reactions at
of its longitudinal centroid axis is called the supports, values of shearing force and
a) deflected shape b) parabolic curve beams (continuous beams and restrained
c) elastic curve d) inelastic curve beams) using the Three-Moment Equation
_____
6. From the simply supported beam shown,
calculate the reaction at B? ___11. The maximum bending stress a wood
a. 10011.13 mm3 b. 20022.25 mm3

c. 33370.4mm3 d. 393,289.5 mm3
For No. 12 – 15: Using the figure below determine the

following:
a. 342.72 KN
b. 502.73 KN
c. 657.27 KN
d. 817.27 KN
A. 30 kN-m
B. 10 kN-m
C. 20 kN-m
D. 25 kN-m

forces are all in kN, locate the point of zero moment
from the right end.
12. Determine the reaction (Rc) at point A.
a. -84 kN b. 84 kN A. 2.75 m
c. -168 kN d. 168 kN B. 3.25 m
C. 4.75 m
13. Determine the maximum moment of the beam. D. 5.75 m
a. 84 kN-m b. 168 kN-m
c. 294 kN-m d. 336 kN-m
___18. A point in each normal section of a
member through which the axis passes and about
14. Determine the force reaction on A of given beam which the section twists
system.
a) centroid b) shear center
c) center of gravity d) none of the above
_____19. A simple beam has a span of 6m with

two concentrated loads of 20KN each placed at the
third points of the span. If the extreme fiber stress
is 10MPa, determine the required section modulus.
a. 2x106mm3
A. 22.08 kN b. 4x106mm3
B. 125.0 kN c. 6x106mm3
C. 147.08 kN d. 10x106mm3
D. 137.92 kN
___20. Compute the shear modulus G of a steel having
a Poisson’s ratio of 0.30.
CO3. Draw the shear and moment diagram E
G=
2 (1+ )
forces are all in kN, calculate the maximum A. 11153.85 MPa
concentrated load. B. 76923.08 MPa
C. 132453.85 MPa
D. 174432.12 MPa
CO4. Design and investigate simple timber

and steel structures
A. 20 kN ___21. The steel materials are to be butt joined

using a fillet weld. The thicker material is 8.5mm.
B. 40 kN
What is the minimum size of the fillet weld?
C. 25 kN
D. 30 kN a. 3.0mm b. 7.5mm
c. 6.0mm d. 5.0mm
16. From the given shear diagram shown, all shear ____22. The maximum bending stress a wood
forces are all in kN, calculate the maximum negative
moment.
a. 10011.13 mm3 b. 20022.25 mm3

c. 33370.4mm3 d. 4004451 mm3
___23. A wide flange section is used as a beam to carry ___31. The maximum deflection for a simply
a total shear of 900KN. If the depth of the wide flange supported beam with concentrated loads at
section is 600mm, determine the required web
thickness. Fy= 250Mpa.
a. 20mm b. 25mm a) PL3 b) PL3
c. 15mm d. 10mm 84EI 48EI
c) PL 3
d) PL3
___24. A Wide-Flange Section W21x62 has a nominal
4EI 3E
depth of ___millimeters.
a. 472 b. 533 c. 635 ____32. The greatest stress which a material is
d. 826 capable of developing without a permanent
deformation remaining upon the complete release
____25. How is camber treated in a steel truss of stress is called
a) allowable stress
a) camber shall be approximately equal to 1% of b) moment of inertia
the span c) bending stress
b) camber shall be approximately equal to the d) proportional limit
dead load deflection
c) camber shall be approximately equal to 0.8% ____33. Is a horizontal truss system that serves
of the span plus 1/3 the dead load deflection the same function as a diaphragm?
d) camber shall be approximately equal to 0.5%
of the span plus ½ the live load deflection a. Building frame system b. Braced frame
c. Horizontal bracing system d. Collector
___26. The allowable stresses for tension in
structural steel in terms of gross area is taken ____34. The modulus of elasticity of steel is
___% of specified allowable yield stress. a. 100GPa b. 200GPa
c. 200MPa d. 100MPa
a. 50 b. 60 c. 75 d. 85
_____35. What is the distance from the extreme
___27. The allowable tensile stress of structural steel fiber in compression to the centroid of the tension
based on effective net area is taken ___% of specified steel area?
ultimate tensile stress. a. Tension depth
a. 50 b. 60 c. 75 b. extreme distance
d. 85
c. Effective depth
d. centroid distance
___28. The allowable bearing stress on projected area
between bolts and steel plate is taken ___ of Fu.
a. 0.3 b. 0.85 c. 1.0 CO5. Incorporate relevant provisions of the
d. 1.2 National Building/Structural Code upon the
results of such design and investigations.
____29. Which of the following criterion is NOT
applicable for plug and slot welds? ___ 36. Under the AISC Method of evaluating the
maximum safe load of a steel column, the column
a) the thickness of plug/slot welds in material constant is
16mm or less in thickness shall be equal to the
thickness of the material a. 2π2E b. π2E c. 5π2E d. 3π2E
b) the minimum center to center spacing in a
√ Fy √ Fy √ Fy √ Fy
longitudinal direction on any line shall be 2 times
the length of the slot
As per Section 5.3.3 of NSCP, the nominal
c) the thickness of plug or slot welds in material
maximum sizes of coarse aggregate should be
over 16mm in thickness shall be at leas ½ times
greater than
the of the material but not less than 16mm
37.____ the narrowest dimension between
d) the width of the slot shall not be less than the
sides of forms,
thickness of the part containing it plus 8mm nor
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
shall it be greater than 2-1/2 times the thickness
b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
of the weld
38____ the depth of slabs, or
___30. To determine the proper installation of
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
bolts in wood trusses, the nuts should be
b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
a. welded to the washers
39___ the minimum clear spacing between
b. tight and the washers in uniform contact
individual reinforcing bars.
with the surface wood
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
c. tensioned by the “turn of the nut”
b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
d. tight and washers embedded in the wood
to depth equal to the washer thickness
____40. Which of the following criteria for bundled
bars, do NOT apply?
a. Bars larger than 32 mm shall not be bundled in c) 0.003 d) 0.004
beams
b. Bundle bars shall be enclosed within stirrups or
ties ___ 48. It is the sidewise bending or displacement
accompanied by twisting about minor or weaker axis
c. Group of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in
contact to act as a unit shall be limited to four in
a. yielding b. deflection c.
any one bundle crippling d. buckling
d. Individual bars within a bundle terminated ____49. In column, the ratio of its effective
within the span of flexural members shall length to its least radius of gyration is called
___41. Roof liveloads shall be assumed to act: a. moment of inertia c. slenderness ratio
b) development length d) ratio and proportion
a. vertically upon the area projected on the
horizontal
b. normal to the surface area of the roof
___ 50. The allowable stress for compression members
c. vertically upon the surface area of the roof
whose largest effective slenderness ratio of any
d. d. all of the above
unbraced segment is less than the square root of [22E
/ Fy] as per AISC Standards is___.
a. {1 – [(kL/r)2 / 2Cc2]} * Fy/FS

b. 122E / [23*(kL/r)2]
c. . 2E Fy / [1.6 – (L/200r)
d. d. 5/3 + 3(kL/r) / 8Cc – (kL/r)3 / 8Cc3
___42. It refers to the occupancy load which is

either partially in place or fully in place or may
not be present at all is called:
a) Live load b) Dead load 51. In computing net area, the width of a rivet or bolt
c) Concentrated load d) Distributed load hole shall be taken as ___mm greater than the nominal
dimension of the hole normal to the direction of applied
___43. The slenderness ratio of compression members stress.
shall not exceed____.
a. 300 b. 150 c. 400 a. 1.2 b. 2.5 c. 1.6
d. 200 d. 2.0
6. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain:

a) Ratio and proportion b) Moment of
Inertia
c) Modulus of elasticity d) Slenderness ratio
___52. For relatively short fittings such as splice or
___44. The recommended design value of k-factor for gusset plates used as statically loaded connecting
both ends pin connected. elements, the net area An shall not exceed ___% of the
a. 0.5 b. 1.0 c. 0.7 gross area Ag.
d. 2.0
a. 50 b. 60 c. 75
d. 85
___45. In T-beam construction, the flange and
web being built integrally, the width of the slab
___53. It is the ability of a material like steel to undergo
effective as T-beam flange shall not exceed one large inelastic deformation without failure.
quarter of the span length of the beam and the a. malleability b. tenacity c.
effective overhanging flange width on each side of hardness d. ductility
the web shall not exceed:
___54. It is an imaginary distance from the centroidal
a) eight times the slab thickness axis at which the entire area can be assumed to exist
b) one-half the clear distance to the next web without affecting the moment of inertia.
c) smaller of the above a. centroid b. shear center c.
eccentricity d. radius of gyration
d) 500mm
____55. In addition to consideration of direct
___46. The critical slenderness ratio is the upper limit
of elastic buckling failure, where its average column wind pressure on a building’s surface, model
stress is equal to ___. building codes require consideration of which of
a. 0.5Fy b. 1.0Fy c. the following?
0.75Fy d. 2.0Fy
a. A roof uplift force of approximately 50 to
____47. Maximum usable strain at extreme 75 percent of lateral pressure
concrete compression fiber shall be assumed to b. A negative pressure of 4 times the positive
be equal to pressure when the windward wall is open
a) 0.001 b) 0.002
c. A vibration load equal to lateral force at a d. Three-fourth the diameter of longitudinal steel
frequency equal to the building frequency
d. A 50 percent increase of pressure on _____63. The Maximum strength attained in concrete
in limit state design is generally taken as
windward walls in which windows occur
a. fck b. 0.67 fck c. 0.45
fck d. 0.30 fck
____56. In the strength design method (NSCP
2015), the ultimate load is computed as: _____64 The Pitch of helixes in circular columns shall
not exceed
a. 1.2 LL +1.6 DL b. 1.6DLx1.2LL a. 25 mm b. 50 mm c. 60
c. 1.6 LL + 1.2 DL d. 1.2DLx1.6LL mm d. 75 mm
_____65. The Minimum pitch of the helical

____57. As a seismic requirement for flexural
reinforcement in circular columns should be
members where hoops are required. How are the a. 25 mm b. 40 mm
remaining portions of a beam treated with c. 50 mm d. 60 mm
transverse reinforcement other than those
required with hoops?
a) Where hoops are not required, stirrups shall CO6. Design/Investigate simple
be spaced at no more than d/2 throughout the reinforced concrete structures
b) Where the hoops are required, cross ties shall ____ 66. What is a steel element such as wire,
be spaced at no more than d/3 throughout the cable,
length of the member bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements,
c) Where hoops are not required, hoops shall used to impart pre-stress to concrete?
continue except that spacing shall not be more a) Pre stress cables b) Reinforcements
than d/2 c) Tenon cables d) Tendon
d) Where hoops are not required, closed stirrups
shall be spaced at no more than d/4 throughout ____67 Good seismic design practice recognizes
the length of the member of the following conditions as vertical
irregularities in the design of seismic-resistive
____58. The minimum reinforcement ratio buildings?
provided by the code is taken ___ / fy. I. Reentrant corner
a. 1.0 b. 1.2 II. Weight irregularity
b. c. 1.4 d. 1.6 III. In-plane discontinuity in vertical bracing
IV. Soft story
____59. A composite member with laterally tied
concrete around a steel core (of design yield a. I, II and IV only b. I, II, III and IV
strength not to exceed 350Mpa) shall have c. II, III and IV onlyd. I and IV only
vertical spacing of lateral ties shall not exceed
_____ 68. A _______________ is a vertical
a) 16 longitudinal bar diameter or 48 tie diameter element that resists lateral forces in the plane of
b) ½ times the least side dimension of the the wall through shear and bending. Such a wall
composite member acts as a beam cantilevered out of the ground or
c) any of the above foundations, and part of its strength derives from
d) none of the above its depths. Examples are interior wall of a multi-
storey building, enclosing stairways, elevator
____60. For beam with a slab on one side only, shafts and mechanical chases which are mostly
the effective overhanging flange width shall not solid and run the entire height of the building.
exceed
a. Tension Wall b. Shear Wall
a) 1/12 the span length of the beam c. Standing Wall d. Screen Wall
b) 6 times the slab thickness
c) ½ the clear distance to the next web _____69. Buckling of column can be reduced by
d) any of the above which of the following? Check the four that apply.
A. Increasing the size of the member
B. Rotating the column
_____61. Which of the following method that is used C. Bracing the column
to taken into account the slenderness effect of columns
D. Changing the type of the restraints
according to IS:456 - 2000
a. Reduction coefficient method
E. Reducing the length of the column
b. Slenderness method F. Reducing the radius of gyration
c. Moment magnification method
d. None of the above a. A, B, D, F b. C, D, E, F
c. A, C, D, E d. A, B, C, D
_____62. According to IS:456, the diameter of the
helices in circular a column shall be at least ____70. In any one bundle, groups of parallel
a. The diameter of longitudinal steel reinforcing bars bundled in contract to act as a
b. One-half the diameter of longitudinal steel unit shall be limited to a maximum of
c. One-fourth the diameter of longitudinal steel
a) three b) four
c) five d) six
____71. The purpose of prestressing concrete

members is to
a. respond to the creep characteristics of

concrete
b. eliminate beam deflection
c. reduce tensile stresses resulting from loads
d. transfer loads to non-structural members
____ 72. A structure will have a better chance of

surviving an earthquake if which of the following is
true?
a. The load-bearing members are not equally loaded

b. The structure has redundancy
c. Principal members change section abruptly
d.All columns and walls are discontinuous.
_____73. The recommended deflection criteria due to

wind loading on a brick vender wall utilizing a metal
stud back-up system is:
a. L/600 b. L/400
c. L/360 d. L/720
_____74. A building form that is ideal for resistance to
(Mn)
earthquake forces would be characterized of the
a. 444.444 kN-m b. 476.020 kN-m
following? Check the two that apply.
c. 472.220 kN-m d. 584.380 kN-m
A. Symmetrical about a reentrant corner
B. Symmetrical in plan.
C. Heavier at the base than at the top
(Mn)
D. Asymmetrical in plan
a. 444.444 kN-m b. 476.020 kN-m
E. Long linear plan
c. 472.220 kN-m d. 584.380 kN-m
F. Asymmetrical in elevation
_____79. Determine the minimum steel-concrete ratio
a. A, F b. A, E
(ρmin)
c. B, C d. C, D
a. 0.00297 b. 0.00337
c. 0.00333 d. 0.00355
____ 75. For normal weight concrete, the modulus of
elasticity of concrete Ec, may be taken as
_____80. Determine the actual steel-concrete ratio
a) 1700 b) 2700
(ρact)
c) 3700 d) 4700 a. 0.0068 b. 0.0079
c. 0.0071 d. 0.0083
_____76. One-way concrete slab are used when:
_____81. Determine the max. steel-concrete ratio
a. The slab is being supported by two parallel beams (ρmax)
b. The slab has no cantilevered portion a. 0.0205 b. 0.0227
c. The concrete slab is reinforced on the near bottom c. 0.0209 d. 0.0229
side
d. The concrete slab is sloping to the all side _____82. Which of the following assumptions holds
true?
____ 77. For beam with a slab on one side only, the a. Concrete would yield first
effective overhanging flange width shall not exceed b. Steel would not yield first
c. Concrete and steel would both yield
a. 1/12 the span length of the beam d. None of the above
b. 6 times the slab thickness
c. ½ the clear distance to the next web ____ 83. Determine the area of the steel
d. any of the above reinforcement (AT)
a. 1547.00 mm2 b. 1797.25 mm2
For No. 78 – 83 Using Ultimate strength design, c. 1615.25 mm 2 d. 1888.25 mm2
determine the following.
____84. In order to achieve economy, the spacing of
stirrups at mid span section _____ compared to that of
support section
a. May be decreased
b. May be increased
c. Must be kept equal
_____85. Minimum steel required in slabs is mainly
controlled by the following consideration
a. Cracking on the tension side
b. Shrinkage and creep
c. Both (a) and (b)
d. None of the above.
STRUCTURAL EXAM EXIT: PART 1
11. Calculate the “second moment of area of a
1. Ratio of the sliding force required to the weight of rectangular section with base of 50mm and height
the material being pushed. It is the measure of of 100mm
the resistance to the sliding of one material Answer: 4166667mm^4
resting on another
Answer: Coefficient of friction 12. These are referred to permanent loads or
unmovable loads
2. Force system to be in static equilibrium, the Answer: Dead Loads
algebraic summation of forces is:
Answer: Zero 13. It is a type of truss having both vertical and
diagonal members between the upper and lower
3. Two forces equal in magnitude but oppositely chords, with the diagonals sloping toward the
directed and produce moment is called: center
Answer: Couple Answer: Pratt Truss
4. What states the moment of the resultant of 2 14. It states that stress is proportional to Strain
concurrent forces about any axis to the plane of Answer: Hooke’s Law
forces is equal to the algebraic sum of the
moments of the 2 forces about the same axis. 15. The normal force exerted by a smooth horizontal
Answer: Varignon’s Theorem surface towards a 100-lb block acting on its
Answer: 100lbs
5. “A force may be moved anywhere along its line of
action without producing a change in external 16. It refers to occupancy load which is either partially
effect” This statement is TRUE or fully in place or may not be present at all is
called:
6. In a structure whose materials follows Hooke’s Answer: Live Loads
Law and in which the supports are unyielding and
the temperature is constant, what law states that 17. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain
the external virtual work done by a system of Answer: Modulus of Elasticity
forces, Q, during the deformation caused by the
P forces
In structural steel design, structures carrying liveload
Answer: Betti’s Law which induce impact, the assumed liveload shall be
increased sufficiently to provide for it. If not otherwise
7. Snow loads, wind, pressure suction and specified, the increase for supports of elevators shall be:
earthquake load and the like are what type of Answer: 100%
loads?
Answer: Environmental Loads 18. Based on the AISC, what is the maximum
slenderness ratio kL/r for tension members?
8. This states that the external effect of a force on a Answer: 300
body is the same for all points of application along
its line of action, it is independent of the point of 19. The slenderness ratio of compression shall not
application exceed:
Answer: Principle of Transmissibility of a Answer: 200
force
20. A wide flange section is used as beam to carry a
9. Among the following axioms of mechanics, which total shear of 900KN. If the depth of the wide
is INCORRECT? flange section is 600mm, determine the required
Answer: A set of forces in equilibrium may be web thickness. Fy= 250Mpa
added to any system of forces thus changing Answer: 15mm
the effect of the original system.
21. The point on the cross section of a member where
10. An elevator cable will have its greatest tension a transverse load must pass to minimize twisting:
when the elevator car is moving Answer: Shear Center
Answer: Downward/Upward but coming to
rest
22. The maximum size of fillet weld that may be used Answer: 85 %
along the edges of materials less than 6mm thick:
Answer: Not greater than thickness of 34. It is also known as the second moment of area
material Answer: Moment of Inertia
23. The maximum size of fillet weld that may be used 35. Steel is an alloy comprising of two elements and
along edges of materials 6mm or more in they are:
thickness: Answer: Carbon and Iron
Answer: Not greater than thickness of
material less 1.6mm 36. This type of fastener is installed by heating to a
light cherry-red color, inserting it into a hole and
24. It is the sidewise bending or displacement then applying pressure to the preformed head
accompanied by twisting about minor or weaker while at the same time squeezing the plain end to
axis usually at the compression section fom a rounded head
Answer: Buckling Answer: Rivet
25. Riveted and bolted splice and gusset plates and 37. The allowable bending stress of a non-compact
other connection fittings subject to tensile force channel section bent about their weaker axis is
shall be design in accordance with AISC taken _ Fy.
requirements where the effective net area shall Answer: 0.6
be taken as the actual net area except that, for
the purpose of design calculations, it shall not be 38. It is a roof beam spanning between trusses of
taken as greater than ___. rigid frames subjected to flexure or bending
Answer: 85% of gross area Answer: Purlin
26. Roof liveloads shall be assumed to act: 39. The allowable bending stress of a compact wide
Answer: Vertically upon the area projected on flange section bent about their weaker axis is
the horizontal taken _ Fy.
Answer: 0.75
27. The allowable stresses for tension in structural
steel in terms of effective net area is: 40. The maximum bending moment for a purlin may
Answer: 0.50Fu be taken as:
Answer: wL^2/8
at which the entire area can be assumed to exist 41. A testing machine that may be used to conduct
without affecting the moment of inertia tensile, compressive, bend and shear test.
Answer: Radius of Gyration Answer: Universal Testing Machine
29. A wide flange section W21 x 83 weights _ kg/m 42. Test that determines the stress level a metal can
Answer: 123 withstand without failure when subjected to an
infinitely large number of repeated alternating
30. A wide flange section W21 x 83 has an overall stresses
depth of approximately _ millimeters Answer: Fatigue
Answer: 530
43. Test that determines the resistance of a metal to
31. In computing net area, the width of a rivet or bolt penetration
hole shall be taken as _ mm greater than the Answer: Hardness
nominal dimension of the hole normal to the
direction of the applied stress 44. The minimum stress required to create
Answer: 1.6 permanent deformation in metal
Answer: Yield Strength
32. Modulus of Elasticity of structural steel in MPa
Answer: 200,000 45. The process of treatment of concrete against
evaporation of moisture and temperature.
33. For the relatively short fittings such as splice of Answer: Curing
gusset plates used as statically loaded
connecting elements, the net area (an) shall not 46. Important property of concrete to be able to
exceed _% of the gross area Ag withstand deterioration due to weathering action
Answer: Durability Answer: Pre-tensioning
47. The ease in which a uniform mass of freshly 59. This refers to the substance other than
mixed concrete can be moved without aggregate, cement, or water added in small
segregation into final position in which the quantity normally less than 5% of the weight
concrete is allowed to harden. cement, to alter the properties of the concrete mix
Answer: Workability or the hardened solid.
Answer: Admixture
48. Test that manifests the resistance of cement
against deformation caused by temperature 60. The mimum bend diameter for 10mm o
change. throughout 23mm o bars
Answer: Soundness Answer: 6db
49. Comprises tests performed by a company 61. Bars larger than _mm shall not be bundles in
receiving new supplies to make certain that the beams
shipment meets the standards called for in the Answer: 36mm
order
Answer: Quality Assurance 62. Minimum concrete cover against and
permanently exposed to earth
50. Involves test done by a company on their own Answer: 75mm
product prior to shipment to ensure that the
product meets the manufacturer’s standard 63. In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction
Answer: Quality Control factor o for shear and torsion
Answer: 0.85
Tension Test of Rebars. 64. The minimum one-way slab thickness for a BOTH
Answer: 200mm ends continuous slab is
Answer: L/10 or L/28
52. Structural units cast in molds in a factory that
have reinforcing members not under tension as 65. What is the distance from the extreme fiber in
they are being cast. compression to the centroid of the tension steel
Answer: Non-prestressed area?
Answer: Effective Depth
53. Loads that are movable or replaceable on
structure are known as 66. The maximum useable strain at the extreme
Answer: Live Load concrete compression fiber shall be assumed
to_?
54. It is one in which the lateral stiffness is less than Answer: 0.003
70% of the stiffness of the story above it.
Answer: Soft Story 67. What is the mode of failure for short columns at
which the concrete reaches its limit strain at
55. A horizontal system acting to transmit lateral precisely the same instant that the tensile steel on
forces to the vertical resisting elements. It the far side of the column reaches yield strain?
includes horizontal bracing system Answer: Balanced Condition
Answer: Diaphragm
68. A buried plate, wall or block attached at some
56. These are inert material used in concrete which distance from and forming an anchorage for
occupy more than 75% of the volume of the retaining wall
hardened concrete product. Answer: Deadman
Answer: Aggregates
69. It is a beam especially provided over an opening
57. Steel elements such as wire, cables, bars, rods for a door, window, etc. to carry the wall over the
or standards of wires or a bundle of such opening
elements used in pre-stressed concrete Answer: Lintel beam
structures are called
Answer: Tendons 70. What will happen to the concrete strength if the
58. What method of prestressing in which tendons water-to-cement ratio decreases
are tensioned before concrete cast in place?
Answer: Concrete strength increases, Answer: Grading
porosity decreases, solid-to-space ratio
decreases 83. The lifetime of an equipment over which it can
profitably survive in the face of improves models,
71. What is the property of concrete by which it change in methods and techniques, etc.
continues to deform with time under sustained Answer: Productive life
loads at unit stresses within acceptable elastic
range? 84. These are relatively long, slender members that
Answer: Creep transmit foundation loads thru soil strata of low
bearing capacity to deeper soil or rock strata
72. What is the condition where the tension steel having a high bearing capacity
strain reaches the yielding strain simultaneously Answer: Pile
with the concrete reaching the crushing strain
which is usually 0.003? 85. Cement which does not only harden by reacting
Answer: Balance strain with water but also form water resistant product
Answer: Hydraulic
73. What is a material that has adhesive and
cohesive properties enabling it to bound mineral 86. Raw material used to produce cement
fragments into a solid mass in the presence of Answer: Limestone
water?
Answer: Hydraulic Cement 87. The measure of the relative fineness of sand
Answer: Fineness modulus
74. The ACI Code states that ‘bars larger than #11
should not be bundled in beams or girders” This 88. This test determines the silt and clay composition
means that one should not bundle the steel bars in aggregates. It also indicates the cleanliness of
if the diameter is larger than: the aggregates
Answer: 36mm Answer: Wash test
75. The steel ratio, p for spiral columns rangers from 89. This test evaluates the structural strength of
Answer: 0.01- 0.08 aggregates
Answer: Abrasion Test
76. Which is the correct factored load for Strength
Design Method? 90. Moisture condition of an aggregate where the
Answer: 1.4DL + 1.7LL surface is dry, but the voids and interior of the
aggregate are fully saturated
77. The stress developed when the applied load Answer: SSD (Saturated Surface Dry)
causes adjacent sections within a body to slide
east each other 91. The most important material in concrete which is
Answer: Shearing Stress held together by cement paste
Answer: Aggregate
78. It is the contact pressure developed between two
bodies 92. A standard test done on reinforcing steel bars to
Answer: Bearing Stress check its amenability to sending in structural
applications
79. The stress induced as a result of restrained Answer: Cold bending
deformations due to changes in temperature
Answer: Thermal Stress 93. A mechanical test used to evaluate the tensile
properties of steel
80. The actual stress in a material under a given Answer: Tension
loading
Answer: Axial Stress 94. Adherence between materials such as
bricks/mortar or between felts and other elements
81. It is the maximum safe stress that a material can of roof system, which use bitumen or other
withstand materials as the cementing agent.
Answer: Allowable Stress Answer: Bond
82. Process of bringing earthwork to the desired 95. A wall that resists horizontal forces applied in the
shape and elevation plane of the wall
Answer: Shear Wall
9. Which of the following properties of aggregates
96. If the ratio of the short direction to the long has the least influence on the quality of concrete?
direction of a slab is less than 0.5, then the slab Answer: Color, texture and shape of the
is considered aggregates.
Answer: One-way slab
10. What is the type of beam wherein no rotation or
97. In ultimate strength design, the reduction factor vertical movement can occur at either ends?
for bending is Answer: Restrained Beam
Answer: 0.9
11. The property of materials that enable it to absorb
98. The actual strain by which a concrete fall is 0.004. energy before rupturing before represented by
For safety purposes, the ACI code allows the area under stress strain curve derived from a
designers to use tensile test of the material
Answer: 0.003 Answer: Toughness
99. The minimum clear cover allowed by the code for 12. The property of a material to resist a change in its
slabs, not exposed to weather is physical shape
Answer: 20mm Answer: Rigidity
1. A number 8 (#8 steel reinforcing bar) has a 13. The property of a material to fracture at low stress
diameter of: without appreciable deformation
Answer: 25mm Answer: Brittleness
2. What do you call those structures that are 14. The property of the material to undergo plastic
necessary for emergency operations subsequent deformation after being stressed beyond the
to a natural disaster? elastic limit before rupturing
Answer: Essential Facilities Answer: Ductility
3. A structural system without a complete vertical 15. A force that acts perpendicular to the cross
load-carrying space frame section of a structural member and its centroid
Answer: Bearing wall system Answer: Axial Load
4. What materials have adhesive and cohesive 16. The twisting of a structural member about its
properties necessary to bond inert aggregates longitudinal axis by two equal and opposite
into a solid mass of adequate strength and torques
durability Answer: Torsion
Answer: Cementitious Materials
17. A type of beam with fixed support and a roller
5. What is generated when compounds in cement support at the other end
react with water to acquire stable low-energy Answer: Propped Beam
states?
Answer: Heat of Hydration 18. The stress beyond which the ratio of stress and
strain for a material no longer remains constant
6. What compounds reduce the interparticle forces Answer: Proportional Limit
that exist between cement grains in the fresh
paste; thereby increasing the paste fluidity 19. The change in length caused usually by a force
Answer: Plasticizers applied to a piece, the change being expressed
as a ratio, the increase or decrease divided by the
7. In mixes exposed to water, what is the term used original length
to refer to the separation of aggregate from the Answer: Strain
the aggregate surface
Answer: Slippage 20. The ratio of the transverse strain to longitudinal
strain.
8. It is temporary dam-like structure constructed Answer: Poisson’s Ratio
around an excavation to exclude water
Answer: Cofferdam 21. The modulus of elasticity of steel is
Answer: 200 GPa
4. Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing
22. This represents the ability of the mat’l to absorb longitudinal reinforcement. A continuously wound
energy without any permanent damage to the bar or wire in the form of a circle, rectangle or
material other polygon shape without re-entrant corners is
Answer: Modulus of Resilience acceptable
Answer: Tie
23. What class of black or dark colored cementitious
substance is composed principally of high 5. Space frame in which members and joints resist
molecular weight hydrocarbons? forces through fixture, shear and axial force
Answer: Bitumen Answer: Braced frame
24. Give the flexibility of a truss members with length 6. The mortar joint that is horizontal at the time the
L, cross sectional area A, modulus of elasticity E masonry units are placed
and moment of inertia I. Answer: Masonry joint
Answer: L/AE
7. The mortar having a vertical transverse plane
25. What terms refers to roof beams spanning Answer: Head joint
between trusses?
Answer: Purlin 8. Brick, tile, stone and glass block or concrete block
Answer: Bed joint
26. What do you call the horizontal wall beams
serving principally to resist bending due to wind 9. Masonry unit whose net cross sectional area
on the side of an industrial building? (solid area) in any plane parallel to the surface
Answer: Girt containing cores, cells or deep frogs is less than
75% of its gross cross sectional area measured
27. This element is added to the steel to make the in the same plane
steel corrosion resistant, when this element is Answer: Hollow masonry joint
more than 16%, the material is called stainless
steel. 10. The sharp bending or buckling when a column is
Answer: Chromium loaded ____ is called:
Answer: Crippling
28. A heat treatment of steel which is done through
shock cooling by immersing it to liquid or molten 11. Usual failure of a long column
material into a cooling (medium liquid or gas) Answer: Crippling
Answer: Quenching
12. What usually happen to reinforcing steel in a
reinforced concrete if the member is about to
STRUCTURAL EXAM EXIT: PART 2 collapse?
1. Material encasing a prestressing tendon to Answer: Yield
prevent bonding the tendon with the surrounding
concrete, to provide corrosion protection and to 13. Reinforcing bars put in contact to act as a:
contain corrosion inhibiting coating Answer: Bundled bars
Answer: Reshores
14. Structural member that is subjected to transverse
2. Vertical or inclined support members designed to load:
carry the weight of the formwork concrete and Answer: Beams
construction loads above
Answer: Shores 15. What is the purpose of the stirrups aside from
resisting vertical and diagonal tensions in a
3. Reinforcement used to resist shear and torsion beam?
stresses in a structural member, typically bars, Answer: Hold bars in place
wires or welded fabric (plain or deformed) bent
into L, U or rectangular shapes and located 16. Honeycomb in concrete can be limited by the
perpendicular to or at an angle longitudinal Answer: Use of concrete
reinforcement
Answer: Stirrups 17. Ties are used for what type of structural elements.
Answer: Columns
32. Buildings used for college or adult education with
18. What do you call a column that is not aligned to a a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what
tower follow column? type of occupancy
Answer: Planted Answer: Special occupancy
19. A type of concrete floor which has no supporting 33. The minimum outside diameter of pipes when
beams used must be (NSCP 307, 6.3)
Answer: Flat slab Answer: 250MM
20. The force adhesion per unit area of contact 34. The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts
between two bonded surfaces is: when wood plated or sill shall be bolted to
Answer: Bond stress foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the
Philippines (NSCP 305.60)
21. The distance between two structural supports is Answer: 16MM
called:
Answer: Span length 35. It is a structural system without complete vertical
local carrying space frame
22. What is temporary force exerted by a device that Answer: Bearing wall system
introduce tension into a pre-stressing tendon?
Answer: Jacking force 36. It is a component including its attachment having
fundamental period less than or equal 0.06sec.
23. The ability of soil to allow water to flow through it Answer: Rigid component
Answer: Permeability
37. Is a component including its attachments having
24. What supports the shear wall? fundamental period greater than 0.30 sec?
Answer: Footing Answer: Flexible component
25. A structural system used to transfer lateral forces 38. Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section
like wind and earthquake load to the vertical shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less
resisting elements than
Answer: Diaphragm Answer: 200mm
26. What is poured after drilling a hole for bored 39. The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars
piles? in a layer must be not more than
Answer: Epoxy primer Answer: 25mm
27. It is a column that is seated on top of a non-axial 40. In walls and slabs other than concrete joist
bearing member like a slab or beam used to carry construction primary flexural reinforcement shall
loads above. It is usually used to address not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or
architectural/interior design concerns. slab thickness nor farther than
Answer: Planted Column Answer: 450mm
28. What do you call the underlying structure forming 41. Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in
the foundation of a building or other structure? contact to act as one unit shall be to_ pieces in
Answer: Basement one bundle
Answer: 4
29. Test used to determine the strength of concrete
Answer: Slump test 42. Bars larger than _mm shall not be bundled in
beams
30. A structural system without a complete vertical Answer: 36mm
load carrying space frame
Answer: Bearing wall system 43. Is an essentially vertical truss system of the
concentric or eccentric type that is provided to
31. Where do shear walls rest resist lateral forces
Answer: Footing Answer: Braced frame
44. Is a frame in which members and joints are 55. A material other than aggregate, water or
capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure? hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of
Answer: Moment resisting frame concrete and added to concrete before or during
its mixing to modify its properties
45. Before commencing the excavation work, the Answer: Admixture
person making the excavation shall notify in
writing the owner of the adjoining building not less 56. Load that is movable or transferable is called
than _ days before such excavation is made Answer: Live Load
Answer: 10 days
57. From the list, which is an advantage of steel over
46. Is a member or element provide to transfer lateral concrete
forces from a portion of a structure, vertical Answer: Elasticity
elements of the lateral force resisting system
Answer: Collector 58. Is a horizontal truss system that serves the same
function as diaphragm?
47. It is an assemblage of framing members Answer: Horizontal bracing system
designed to support the gravity loads and resist
lateral forces 59. A granular material such as sand, gravel, crushed
Answer: Bridge stone and iron blast furnace stag. And when used
with a cementing medium forms a hydraulic
48. Occupancies and structures housing or cement concrete or mortar
supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or Answer: Inert materials
substances, non-building structure storing,
supporting or containing quantities of toxic or 60. The space between levels
explosive substances Answer: Story
Answer: Hazardous facilities
61. The lateral displacement of one level relative to
49. This consist of the weight of all materials, and the level above or below
other fixed permanent loads Answer: Story drift
Answer: Dead load
62. The story drift divided by the story height
50. A wall design to resist the lateral displacement of Answer: Story drift ratio
soil or other materials
Answer: Retaining wall 63. The summation of design lateral forces above the
story under consideration
51. It is horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting Answer: Story shear
to transmit lateral forces to the vertical-resisting
elements, including the horizontal bracing 64. Structural concrete with no reinforcement or with
systems. less reinforcement than the minimum amount
Answer: Diaphragm specified for reinforced concrete.
Answer: Plain concrete
52. It is one in which the lateral stiffness is less than
70% of the stiffness of the story above 65. Reinforcement that does not conform to definition
Answer: Soft story of deformed reinforcement
Answer: Plain reinforcement
53. It is secondary effect on shears, axial forces and
moments of frame members due to the action of 66. Method of prestressing in which tendons are
the vertical induced by horizontal displacement of tensioned after concrete has hardened
the structure resulting from various loading Answer: Post tensioning
Answer: After shock
67. A structural concrete element cast in other than
54. It is an artificial stone derived from a mixture of its final position in the structure
properly proportioned amount of hydraulic Answer: Precast concrete
cement, fine aggregates, coarse aggregates and
water with or without admixtures. 68. Structural concrete in which internal stresses
Answer: Precast concrete have been introduced to reduce potential tensile
stresses in concrete resulting fro loads
Answer: Prestressed concrete
69. A method of prestressing in which tendons are 3. For a force system to be in static equilibrium, the
tensioned before concrete is placed. algebraic summation of forces is
Answer: Pre-tensioning Answer: zero
70. Structural concrete reinforced with no less than 4. The property of a material to undergo plastic
the minimum amounts of prestressing tendons or deformation after being stressed beyond the
non-prestressed reinforcement elastic limit before
Answer: Reinforced concrete Answer: Brittleness
71. Material excluding prestressing tendons unless 5. Force that acts perpendicular to the cross section
specifically included of a structural member and its centroid
Answer: Concrete Answer: Axial Load
72. Masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in 6. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain
any plane parallel to the surface containing the Answer: Modulus of elasticity
cores or cells is at least 75% of the gross cross-
sectional area measured in the same plane 7. What is the type of beam wherein no rotation or
Answer: Solid masonry joint vertical movement can occur at either ends?
Answer: Restrained beam
73. Masonry wall in which two or more wythes are
bonded to act as a structural unit. 8. A force that acts perpendicular to the cross
Answer: Bonded wall section of a structural member and at its centroid
Answer: Axial Load
74. A wall containing continuous air space with a
minimum width of 5mm and a maximum width of 9. The stress beyond which the ratio of stress and
114mm between wythes, which are tied with strain for a material no longer remains constant
metal ties. Answer: Yield Strength
Answer: Wall tie
10. The change in length caused usually by a force
75. A mechanical metal fastener, which connects applied to a piece, the change being expressed
wythes of masonry to each other or to other as a ratio, the increase decrease divided by the
materials original length
Answer: Bonded Wall Answer: Strain
76. Form of masonry construction in which 11. The ratio of the transverse strain to longitudinal
reinforcement acting in conjunction with the strain
masonry is used to resist forces Answer: Poisson’s ratio
Answer: Reinforced masonry
77. An assemblage of masonry units and mortar with Answer: 200 GPa
or without grout used as a test specimen for
determining properties of the masonry 13. Compute the shear modulus of a steel if E =
Answer: Cavity wall 200,000 MPA and the poisson’s ratio is 0.30
Answer: 76923 Mpa
14. Second moment of area of a rectangular section

STRUCTURAL EXAM EXIT: PART 3 having a width of b and the depth of d:
1. The recommended design value of k-factor for Answer: bd^3/12
both ends pin connected.
Answer: 1.0 15. The recommended design value of k-factor for
both ends pin connected
2. The theoretical value of k-factor for both ends Answer: 1.0
restrained.
Answer: 0.5 If restrained, 0.5
16. The critical slenderness ratio is the upper limit of

elastic buckling failure, where its average column
stress is 0.5Fy
17. The allowable stresses for tension in structural • Calculate the maximum torsional
steel in terms of gross area is taken _% of shearing stress developed: 14.11 Mpa
specified allowable yield stress • Calculate the maximum angle twist: 0.01
Answer: 60 radians
18. Wide flange section W21 x 62 has a nominal 30. A cantilever beam 6m long carries a uniform load
depth of: of 400kn/m throughout the span 1x= 1.7 x10^9
Answer: 472 mm^4 and E = 200,000 MPa. What is the
deflection at the free end?
19. The allowable bearing stress on projected area Answer: 190.59mm
between bolts and steel plate is taken _ of Fu
Answer: 1.2 31. Test that determines the resistance of a metal to
penetration
20. A parameter used for estimating strength of Answer: Hardness
concrete
Answer: Water-cement ratio 32. Test that determines the stress level a metal can
withstand without failure when subjected to an
21. It is the property of fresh concrete which is the infinitely large number of repeated alternating
ability to flow under momentum transfer or under stresses
mechanical stress Answer: Fatigue
Answer: Mobility
33. A testing machine that may be used to conduct
22. T or F: As water to cement ratio increases, there hardness test on material
is progressive weakening due to increase in Answer: Brinelle testing machine
porosity
Answer: True 34. The process of treatment of concrete against
evaporation of moisture and temperature
23. It is temporary dam-like structure constructed condition
around an excavation to exclude water Answer: Curing
Answer: Cofferdam
35. Important property of concrete to be able to
24. Which of the following is NOT a property of withstand deterioration due to weathering action
hardened hydraulic cement concrete? Answer: Durability
Answer: Workability
36. The ease in which a uniform mass of freshly
25. Which of the following will minimize the cracking mixed concrete can be moved without
of pavement due to thermal expansion? segregation into final position which the concrete
Answer: Provide expansion joints and is allowed to harden
sectional pouring of concrete Answer: Workability
26. It is the largest stress based in the original cross- 37. Test the manifest the resistance of cement
sectional area which a material can stand. Thus, against deformation caused by temperature
it is the maximum ordinate of the stress strain change
curve Answer: Soundness
Answer: Ultimate strength
27. What is the stress developed in a bar 1m length tension test of rebars
with rectangular cross section 50mm x 50mm Answer: 200mm
subjected to a tensile force of 100N?
Answer: 0.04Mpa 39. Tension is applied to steel reinforcing after the
concrete has been poured and allowed to harden.
28. When a beam is loaded, the new position of its Answer: Post-tensioned
longitudinal centroid axis is called
Answer: Elastic Curve 40. Structural unit cast in molds in a factory that have
stresses introduced as they are being cast or after
29. A 1m solid shaft having radius of 35mm is cast
subjected to torque of 950nN-m using G Answer: Prestressed
8000Mpa
41. The maximum bending moment for purlin may be 53. The allowable stresses for tension in structural
taken as wL^2/8 steel in terms of gross area is: 0.60Fy
42. What is the weight of 32 mm diameter deformed 54. The allowable stresses for tension in structural
steel bar 9m long? Weight of steel = 7850 kg/ steel in terms of effective net is: 0.50Fu
cu.m
Answer: 56.87 kgs at which the entire area can be assumed to exist
without affecting the moment of inertia
43. What is the weight of 40mm diameter deformed
steel bar 1m long Answer: Radius of Gyration
Answer: 9.56kgs
56. Wide flange section w21x83 weighs _kg/m
44. Ratio of the sliding force required to the weight of Answer: 123
the material being pushed. It is the measure of
the resistance sliding one material resting on 57. A wide flange section w21 x 83 has an overall
another depth of approximately _mm
Answer: Sliding coefficient Answer: 530
45. What is the max moment for a restrained beam? 58. In computing net area, the width of a rivet or bolt
Answer: wL^2/12 hole shall be taken as _ mm greater than nominal
dimension of the hole normal to the direction of
46. The equivalent spring constant for K for a applied force
vibrating system with two springs having spring Answer: 1.6
K1 and K2, respectively in parallel is
Answer: K= K1 + K2 59. Sit is the ability of a material like steel to undergo
large inelastic deformation without failure
47. A simple beam has a span of 6m with two Answer: ductility
concentrated loads of 20kn each placed at the
third points of the span. If the extreme fiber stress 60. For relatively short fitting such as splice, or a
is 10MPa, determine the required section gusset plates used as statically loaded
modulus connecting elements, the net area shall not
Answer: 4 x 10^6mm^3 exceed _% of the gross area
Answer: 85
48. What is the carryover factor prismatic members?
Answer: 0.5 61. Modulus of elasticity of structural steel in MPA
Answer: 200,000
49. A beam that project beyond one or both of its
support/s is called 62. It is also known as the second moment of area
Answer: Overhanging beam Answer: Moment of inertia
50. What is the requirement to guarantee the correct 63. Steel is an alloy comprising of two elements, they
solution to structural analysis problem: The two are: carbon and iron
being equilibrium and stress-strain relationship?
Answer: Compatibility
51. What states that given a linear transformation channel section bent about their weaker axis is
between two forces vectors P=HQ, the taken _ fy
corresponding displacement vector
transformation, such that Uo = H’UP, is simply the Answer: 0.6
transpose of the force transformation matrix H
Answer: Principle of Contragradience 65. It is a roof beam spanning between trusses or
rigid frames subjected to flexure or bending
52. In the conjugate beam method, the actual slope Answer: Purlin
equals
Answer: Fictitious shear
66. The allowable bending stress of a compact wide 78. Based on the AISC, what is the maximum
flange section bent about their weaker axis is slenderness ratio kL/r for tension members?
taken_ fy Answer: 300
Answer: 0.75
79. Slenderness ratio of compression members shall
67. The process used to lower the subsurface water not exceed 200
on site so that excavation remains dry and stable
Answer: Dewatering
80. A wide flange section is used as a beam to carry
68. Type of foundation that transmits load to the soil a total shear of 900KN. If the depth of the wide
through the footing flange section is 600mm, determine the required
Answer: Spread web thickness. Fy= 250Mpa
Answer: 15mm
69. These are relatively long, slender members that
transmits foundation loads through soil strata of 81. The point on the cross section of a member where
low bearing capacity to deeper soil or rock strata a transverse load must pass to minimize twisting
having a high bearing capacity Answer: Not greater than thickness of
Answer: Pile material
70. Cement which does not only harden by reacting 82. It is the sidewise bending or displacement
with water but also form a water-resistant product accompanied by twisting about minor or weaker
Answer: Hydraulic axis usually at the compression section
Answer: Buckling
71. The measure of the relative fineness of cement
Answer: Fineness modulus 83. Riveted and bolted splice and gusset plates and
other connection fittings subject to tensile force
72. This test determines the silt and clay composition shall be design in accordance with AISC
in aggregates. It also indicates cleanliness of the requirements where the effective net area shall
aggregates. be taken as the actual net area except that, for
Answer: Wash test the purpose of design calculations, it shall not be
taken as greater than:
73. This test evaluates the structural strength of Answer: 85% of gross area
aggregates
Answer: Abrasion test 84. Roof live loads shall be assumed to act:
Answer: Vertically upon the area projected on
74. The most important material in concrete which is the horizontal
held together by cement paste
Answer: Aggregate 85. The shear strength of a steel beam I-beam is
dependent on the
75. A standard test done on reinforcing steel bars to Answer: Area of web
check its amenability to bending in structural
applications 86. What is the mode of failure for short columns at
Answer: Cold Bending which the concrete reaches its limits strain at
precisely the same instant that the tensile steel on
76. In mixes exposed to water, what is the term used the far side of the column reaches yield strain?
refer to the separation of aggregates from the Answer: Balanced condition
the aggregate’s surfaces. 87. What is the max Vs (shear carried by the stirrups)
Answer: Bleeding Answer: 2/3 (square root) f’C
77. In structural steel design, structures carrying live 88. What is the distance from the extreme fiber
load which induce impact, the assumed liveload compression to the centroid of the tension steel
shall be increased sufficiently to provide for it, if area?
not otherwise specified the increase for supports Answer: Effective depth
of elevators shall be
Answer: 100%
89. The maximum useable strain at the concrete 9. Using AISC column specs, determine the max
compression fiber shall be assumed to be equal length of a W360 x 122 section if it is used as a
to 0.003 hinged end column to support a load of 1200KN,
Fy= 450Mpa, E=200000MPA, Properties of
90. It is a beam provided over an opening for a door, W360 x122: A=15500mm^2 etc. (hehe)
window, etc. to carry the wall over the opening Answer: 5.56m
Answer: Lintel Beam 10. A wide flange beam has an unsupported length of
STRUCTURAL EXAM EXIT: PART 4 10m This consist of a web member of 250mm x
25mm and flanges of 200mm x 25mm, if the
1. The allowable stresses for tension in structural beam carries a load of 430KN, at the midspan,
steel in gross area is taken _% of specified determine the max actual shear stress
allowable yield stress Answer: 42.3 Mpa
Answer: 60%
11. The strength reduction factor for flexure is
2. The allowable tensile stress of structural steel Answer: 0.9
based on effective net area is taken _% of
specified allowable yield stress 12. The maximum usable strain for concrete is:
Answer: 60% Answer: 0.003
3. In computing net area, the width of a rivet or bolt 13. The value of B if the fc is less than 30MPa
hole shall be taken as _mm greater than the Answer: 0.85
nominal dimension of the normal to the direction
of the applied stress 14. The maximum reinforcement ratio provided by
Answer: 1.6 the code taken _%
Answer: 75%
4. For relatively short fittings such as splice or
gusset plates used as statically loaded 15. The minimum reinforcement ratio provided by the
connecting elements, the net area shall not code is taken
exceed _% of the gross area Answer: 1.4
Answer: 75%
16. High workability is observed when the slump
5. It is the ability of a material like steel to undergo value is _
large inelastic deformation without failure Answer: 4
Answer: Ductility
17. The maximum number of rebar in a bundled bar
6. A column section has an effective length of 6.29 Answer: 4
and a min radius gyration of 104mm. If E=
200000Mpa and fy= 248Mpa compute the 18. The load factor for a dead load: 1.4
required factor of safety of the column section 19. The load factor for a live load: 1.7
Answer: 1.39 20. The load factor for a wind load: 1.7
7. A wide flange is used as a simply supported beam

and has a reaction of 4400KN at one of its ends 21. What is the minimum concrete cover in mm as per
with the width of contract equal to 300mm along NSCP on concrete cast against and permanently
the beam. Determine the actual stress due to web exposed to earth?
yielding at that section of the wide flange section Answer: 40
has the ff properties. D= 622mm, tv= 20.3mm,
k=50mm, tf=116.2mm 22. A reinforcing steel of grade 40 has a yield
Answer:5.56m strength of _Mpa?
Answer: 276
8. A wide flange beam has an unsupported length of
10m. This consists of a web member of 250mm x 23. The slenderness ratio of compression members
25mm and flanges of 200mm x 25mm. if the shall not exceed __.
beam carries a load of 430KN, at the midspan. Answer: 200
Determind the max actual shear stress
Answer: 174.82Mpa
24. What is carryover factor for prismatic members? 35. What is the minimum requirement for
Answer: 0.5 development for at least 1/3 of the total
reinforcement provided for the negative moment
25. For beam with a slab on one side only, the reinforcement as an embedment length beyond
effective overhanging flange width shall not the point of infection?
exceed Answer: Not less than the effective depth of
member of 12db or 1/16th the clear span,
Answer: 6 times the slab thickness whichever is greater.
26. It is the arrangement of any two or more forces 36. The steel materials are to be butt joined using a
that act on a body or on a group of related bodies fillet weld. The thicker material is 8.5mm, what is
Answer: Force system the minimum size of the fillet weld?
Answer: 5.0mm
column strikes a hole through it is called 37. In formula e= PL/AE, E stands for
Answer: Punching shear Answer: Modulus of Elasticity
28. The deformation of a structural member as a 38. Slab thickness for joist construction shall not be
result of loads acting on it is called less than one twelfth the clear distance between
Answer: Deflection ribs nor less than
Answer: 100mm
29. A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal
stresses in concrete beam is called: 39. It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the
Answer: Stirrups plane of the wall
Answer: Grade wall
30. Which of the following criteria for bundled bars,
do NOT apply? 40. The section at which the moment changes from
Answer: Bundled bars shall be enclosed positive to negative is called
within stirrups or ties. Answer: Inflection point
31. What is a steel element such as wire, cable, bar, 41. In column, the ratio of its effective length to its
rod or strand, or bundle of such elements, used least radius of gyration is called
to impart pre-stress to concrete? Answer: Slenderness ratio
Answer: Tendon
42. A joint where two successive placement of
32. A _ is a vertical element that resists lateral forces concrete meet is called
in the plane of the wall through shear and Answer: Construction Joint
bending. Such a wall acts as a beam cantilevered
out of the ground or foundations, and part of its 43. Depth of footing above bottom reinforcement
strength derives from its depths. Examples are shall not be less than 150mm for footing on soil,
interior wall of a multi storey building, enclosing nor less than _ for footing on piles
stairways, elevator shafts, and the effective Answer: 300mm
shall not exceed: 44. A bended rust to resist shear and diagonal
Answer: Shea Wall stresses in concrete beam is called
Answer: Stirrups bar
33. In T-beam construction, the flange and web being
build integrally, the width of the slab effective as 45. A quantity which measure the resistance of the
T-beam flange shall not exceed one quarter of the mass to being revolved about line is called
span length of the beam and the effective Answer: Torsion
shall not exceed. 46. It is a twisting force that rotates a shaft:
Answer: Shear Wall Answer: torque
34. It is a circular beam that transmit power to the 47. When the ratio of the short span to the long span
machinery of a slab is less then 0.50, slab is a
Answer: Shaft Answer: One-way slab
STRUCTURAL EXAM EXIT
48. How is camber treats in steel truss 25 meters and
longer? 1. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain:
Answer: Camber shall be approximately equal Answer: Modulus of elasticity
to the dead load deflection
2. A material behaves linearly elastic in terms
49. The maximum deflection for a simply supported of application of load and deflection
beam with concentrated loads at midspan is behaviors due to:
equal to. Answer: Being directly proportional to
Answer: PL3/ 48EI each other.
50. In spirally reinforced or tied reinforcement 3. A hollow steel tube with a diameter of 100
compression members, clear distance between mm must carry a tensile load of 400 kN.
longitudinal (vertical) bars shall be less than Determine the stress of the tube.
40mm nor Answer: 50.92 MN/m2
Answer: 2.0db
4. Determine the elongation of a rod having a
51. This system consists of several forces, the lines diameter of 36mm with a length of 1000mm.
of actions of which are parallel A 400kN tensile load is exerted at the lower
Answer: Parallel coplanar force system end. Assume that ls E=200x103 N/m2.
Answer: 1.964mm
52. A three-dimensional structural system without the
bearing walls, composed of interconnected 5. It is the ratio of the change in length caused
members laterally supported so as to function as by the applied force, to the original length.
a complete self-contained unit with or without the Answer: simple strain
aids of horizontal diaphragms or floor bracing
system 6. A simple beam supports a 20kN/m load
Answer: Braced frame occupying the whole span of 10m. The
maximum moment developed is
53. It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the Answer: 200kN-m
plane of the wall
Answer: Shear wall 7. What is the distribution factor (DF) for a
roller support at the end of a beam?
54. A joint where two successive placement of Answer: 1
concrete meet is called
Answer: Construction joint 8. Determine is the distribution factor (DF) for
member AB.
55. A quantity which measures the resistance of the Answer: 0
mass to being revolved about a line is called
Answer: Torsion 9. The Final moment for member AB is shown
to be
56. It is synonym to bending stress Answer: 35.7 kN-m
Answer: Flexural stress 10. The rotation for the moment for member AB
is:
57. A wall which support a vertical load in addition to Answer: Counter-clockwise
its weight without the benefit of a complete
vertical load carrying space frame is called 11. The theoretical value of k-factor for both
Answer: Bearing wall ends restrained.
Answer: 1.0
column strikes a hole through is called 12. Determine the reaction (RA) at point A.
Answer: Punching shear Answer: 40kN
13. Determine the maximum moment of the

beam.
Answer: -80 kN-m

Answer: 200GPa located. The Philippines is in zone 4 where
15. The allowance stresses for tension in Z has the value of:
structural steel in terms of gross area os Answer: 1.0
taken _% of specified allowable yield stress. 30. In the strength design method (NSCP
Answer: 60 2010), the ultimate load is mostly computed
as:
16. Answer: 1.6LL + 1.2DL
17.
18. 31. The minimum reinforcement ratio provided
19. by the code is taken __/Fy.
20. Determine the critical load (Fcr) of having Answer: 1.4
Fcr = 0.658(Fy/Fe)Fy. Use Fy=50 ksl.
Answer: 26.646 klps 32. Which of the following values can be used
as a concrete cover for the primary
21. Determine the nominal axial compressive reinforcement of concrete beams as per
strength (Pn) of the steel column (Use: Pn = NSCP 2010?
FcrAg) Answer: 40mm
Answer: 258.77klps
33. Under the AISC Method of evaluating the
22. Is a horizontal truss system that serves the maximum safe load of a steel column, the
same function as a diaphragm? column constrain is
Answer: Horizontal bracing system
Answers:
23. On a fillet weld, the normal distance from the
root to the theoretical face of the weld is
called the __ of the weld 34. Which of the following criteria for bundled
Answer: Throat bars, do not apply as stated in the NSCP
2010?
24. What is the distance from the extreme fiber Answer: Group of parallel reinforcing
in compression to the centroid of the tension bars bundled in contact to act as a unit
steel area? shall be limited to four in any one bundle.
Answer: effective depth
35. The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles
25. What is the condition where the tension when used must be? (NSCP 2010, 307.6.3)
steel strain reaches the yielding strain Answer: 250 mm
simultaneously with the concrete reaching
the crushing strain which is usually 0.003? 36. Ratio of unit stress to unit strain:
Answer: balanced strain Answer: Modulus of elasticity
26. The allowable stresses for tension in the 37. As per NSCP 2010, the minimum slab
structural steel in terms of gross area is thickness of slabs shall not be less than__
Answer: 0.60 Fy Answer: 100mm
27. The maximum bending stress a wood beam 38. In spirally reinforced or tied reinforcement
must resist is 3000 ft-pounds. If the compression members, clear distance
maximum allowable bending stress is 1500 between longitudinal (vertical) bars shall not
psl, what is the minimum section modulus be less than 40mm nor
the beam, must have to resist bending? Answer: 1.5 db
Answer?
39. The slenderness ratio (KL/r) of compression
28. Design yield stress for steel in tension and members shall not exceed to___
compression is Answer: 200
Answer: 0.87 Fy
40. The unit weight for concrete can be
29. The total lateral force or based shear V determined as
given by V = ZIKCSW where Z is a Answer: 23.6kN/m3
numerical coefficient that depends on the
seismic zone in which the structure is
41. As stated in the NSCP 2010 provisions 52. Which of the following assumption holds
407.7.1 for one-way slab design the true?
minimum clear spacing between parallel Answer: Steel would yield first
bars shall be either diameter of the bars or
___. 53. Find the depth of the equivalent stress block
Answer: 25mm (a)
Answer: 216.302mm
42. The minimum bar spacing should not be
less than the: 54. Determine the maximum allowable moment
a. Diameter of the largest bar (Mn)
b. Maximum size of aggregate Answer: 127.210kN-m
c. All of the above
Answer: None of the above 55. In any one bundle, groups of parallel
reinforcing bars bundled in contract to act as
43. The diameter of the stirrups according to the a unit shall be limited to a maximum of
NSCP 2010 should not be less than Answer: four
Answer: 10mm
56. Development length or the development of a
44. The effective area in resisting shear of rolled required length of rebar is provided in a
and fabricated shaped may be take as: reinforced concrete beam is for what major
Answer: Overall depth times the web purpose?
thickness Answer: to allow the steel to reach its
maximum strength and prevent slippage
45. To achieve the most economical design, the of bars
spacing of stirrups at mid span section
___compared to that of support section 57. The design is said to be under reinforced if
Answer: must be decreased the pact is __ pmin?
Answer: greater than
46. What is the minimum concrete cover for
primary reinforcement of the beams or 58. Piles that are driven at an inclination to
colums not exposed to earth or water for resist forces that are not vertical are called:
precast manufactured under plant control Answer: batter piles
conditions?
Answer: db but not less than 15mm and 59. A buried plate or block tied to and forming
need not exceed 40mm an anchorage for sheet pilling or for a
retaining wall is a:
47. Slab should be design as one-way slab if the Answer: Dead Man
ratio(m) of the shorter side over the longer
side of the slab is 60. A method used advantageously in driving
Answer: m<0.5 piled in sand, gravel or soft packed clay due
to high resistance offered by these materials
48. In column, the ratio of its effective length to to piles driven by hammer is called:
its least radius of gyration os called: Answer: Jetting
61. The most important factor affecting the
49. Determine the minimum steel-concrete ratio strength of concrete is:
(pmin) Answer: Water-Cement Ratio
Answer: 0.0033
62. The milk layer composed of cement and fine
50. Determine the actual steel-concrete ratio aggregate on the upper surface of the
(pact) concrete mass during curing process due to
Answer: 0.011 an excess amount of water used:
Answer: Laitance
51. Determine the max steel-concrete ratio
(pmax) 63. The stresses that cause crack in reinforced
Answer: 0.0213 concrete beams that are vertical at the
center of the span and become more
inclined as they approach the supports
where they slope at an angle of about 45
degrees:
Answer: Diagonal Tension
64. A bearing pile surrounded by earth and

supported entirely by friction; carries no load
at its end:
Answer: Friction pile
65. Have the effect of delaying the onset of

hardening and usually also reducing the rate
of the reaction when it does start.
Answer: Retardant
66. Used to give plasticity or cohesion, mainly to

mortars, but sometimes also to concrete.
They function by entraining large, amount of
air and they therefore reduce strength.
Answer: Plasticizer
67. Means of spreading foundation loads over a

wide are thus minimizing bearing pressure
and limiting
Answers: Combined Foundation
68. In the general column formula, the term L/r

is known as:
69. The following are non- destructive tests in

concrete except
a. Pulse velocity
b. Pull-out test
c. Rebound hammer
d. Penetration
70. In a long column (slenderness ratio> 160)

which of the following has the greatest
influence on its tendency to buckle under a
compressive load?
Answer: length of column
71. Honey comb in concrete can limited by the

Answer: use of vibrator
72. Flexural members will overall depth to clear

span of ratios greater than 2/5 for comtinous
spans, 4/5 simple spans, is know as and
should be designed as:
Answer: Deep beam
Scanned by CamScanner
RC Technology
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

Choices:
u. Brittle v. 75 w. 40 x. 1.4 y. 6
TRUE OR FALSE

Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. 1
/4 Lb
b. 1/12 Lb
c. 8t
d. 6t
As = 4000 mm2 f y 7 00 M P a f ' c 3 0
MPa
Mu 619 KN-m
Ans. 110.73 mm
5. Given: Es = 29, 000 ksi

Solution:
Es
n=
Ec
29,000
n=
6,000
n = 4.833
Ans. n = 4.833

2
Ans. f 'c
3
f’c= 5000 psi
Fy= 50 000 psi
Ans. 398.61 ft-kips

Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. deadman
b. pile
C. curb
d. anchor plate
Answer: A
a. Shrinkage
b. Creep
c. Elasticity
d. Rigidity
Answer: B

a. I,II, III only
b. I, III only
c. I, II, III, IV
d. I, IV
Answer: d
a.under-reinforced
b.over reinforced
c.simply reinforced
d.balanced strain
Answer: D
a. adhesives
b. hydraulic cement
c. aggregates
d. admixtures
Ans. b.
the specific term.
Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
c. Bitumens
mechanical stress?
a. air entrainment
c. mobility
d. placeability
Ans. C. mobility
porosity.
Ans. True

a. cofferdam
b. earth dam
c. excavation wall
d. retaining wall
a. economy
b. durability
c. density
d. workability
Ans. D
Ans. C
I. STRUCTURAL
a. wL2/2 b. wL2/4 c. wL2/8 d. wL2/10



a. 100N b. zero c. 0.04 MPa d. 200N
hardened solid.

II. NSCP

a. 25mm b. 16mm c. 28mm d. 36mm

a. 50mm b. 75mm c. 100mm d. 150mm
a. 0.70 b. 0.75 c. 0.85 d. 0.90
a. L/20 b. L/24 c. L/10 d. L/28
a. 0.60m b. 0.80m c. 1.50m d. 2.0m
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 200mm d. 250mm
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 16mm d. 20mm
a. 75mm b. 100mm c. 125mm d. 150mm

a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
a. 30 b. 40 c. 50 d. 60
III. MISCELLANEOUS
a. pedestal
b. pier
c. slender column
d. wall
a. pre-stressing
b. pre-tensioning
c. post-tensioning
d. pre-casting
a. admixture
b. accelerator
c. hydraulic cement
a. wL/2
b. wL2/4
c. 1/2wL2
d. 1/8wL2

a. tie rods
b. piles
c. columns
d. beams

a. Pascal’s Law
b. Law of Gravity
c. Hooke’s Law
a. trusses
b. columns
c. towers
d. beams

a. Dead Loads
b. Seismic loads
c. Live loads
a. 100%
b. Zero
c. Minimum
d. Maximum
a. 100N
b. 100%
c. Zero
d. 100 lbs

a. stress
b. dead load
c. elasticity
d. torque
a. Dead loads
b. Snow loads
c. Varying loads
d. Moving Loads
a. normal stress
c. flexural stress
d. torsional stress

a. welds
b. splices
c. steel bolts
a. Bond
b. Shear
c. Bend
d. Epoxy
a. concrete
d. concrete block
a. Bearing wall
b. Shear wall
c. dike
d. dam
considered:
a. two-way slab
b. flat slab
c. ground slab
d. one-way slab
a. 0.6
b. 0.7
c. 0.8
d. 0.9
designers to use:
a. 0.001
b. 0.002
c. 0.003
d. 0.004
a. 20mm
b. 30mm
c. 40mm
d. 75mm

a. 16mm
b. 20mm
c. 25mm
d. 28mm
natural disaster?
a. weak story
b. soft story
c. story drift
d. multi-story

c. bracing system
d. frame

a. 3mm
b. 5mm
c. 6mm
d. 12mm
a. 20 KNm
b. 40 KNm
c. 60 KNm
d. 80 KNm

a. couple
b. reaction
c. equilibrant
d. moment

a. midspan
a. 36mm c. 32mm

a. 0.10-0.80
b. 0.01-0.08
c. 0.001-0.008
d. 0.0001-0.0008
a. beams
b. spread footings
c. two-way slabs
d. one-way slabs
a. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL + 1.4 EL
b. 1.7 DL + 1.4 LL + 1.7 EL
c. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL
d. 1.4 DL + 1.7 EL

a. Rigidity
b. Hardness
c. Stress
d. Stiffness
each other.
a. axial stress
b. bearing stress
c. shearing stress
d. flexural stress

a. bearing stress
b. thermal stress
c. allowable stress
d. strain
a. rupture stress
b. thermal stress
c. yield stress
d. creep

a. axial stress
b. bending stress
c. allowable stress
d. working stress

convex is called:

a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 40 mm d.) 50 mm
a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 30 mm d.) 40 mm

bonding?
a.) three c.) five
b.) four d.) six
a.) Tension limit
d.) None of these
less than
a.) 50mm b.) 75mm c.) 100mm d.) 125mm
d.) 500mm
a.) 3.0mm c.) 7.5mm
b.) 6.0mm d.) 5.0mm
a.) 200mm b.) 250mm c.) 300mm d.) 400mm
a.) 0.0001 b.) 0.003 c.) 0.002 d.) 0.004
a.)2 b.) 2 1/2 c.) 3 d.)3 ½
a.) 1.5 db b.) 2.0 db c.) 5.0db d.)1.0db
a.) 300mm b.) 400mm c.) 450mm d.) 550mm
concrete?
Piping
quality
PS grade 275
of the material
length of the slot
bundled.


Given: fc* = 21 MPa


a.) 55 mm b.) 60 mm c.) 75 mm d.)85 mm
a.) 8 db b.) 10 db c.) 12 d b d.) 16 db

a.) 20 mm b.) 40 mm
c.) 15 mm d.) 30 mm
called:
called:
a.) Live load
b.) Dead load


diaphragm?
bundled in beams
a.) 40 mm b.) 36 mm c.) 32 mm d.) 28 mm
a.) 300 mm b.)400 mm c.) 500 mm d.) 600 mm
a.) 250mm b.) 50mm
c.)750mm d.)1000mm

b.) Continuous beam
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.) 6000000 mm3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.) 1000000 mm3


is
b.) Continous beam
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.)6000000 mm 3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.)1000000 mm3
a.) 12 mm b.) 15 mm
c.)20 mm d.) 22 mm
the member
the member.

a.)1700 f'c b.)2700 f'c
c.) 3700 fc d.) 4700 f'c

a.) 4 db b.) 6 db c.) 8 db d.) 10db


a.)100mm b.) 150mm c.) 200mm d.) 250mm
a.) L/16 b.) L/18.50 c.) L/21 d.) L/8
a.)Flexural stress
b.) Punching moment
c.) Punching shear
d.) Single shears
Steel Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
elevators shall be:
a. 50% b. 100% c. 150% d. 200 %
a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300

a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300
a. 20mm b. 25mm c. 15mm d. 10mm
twisting
c. 8mm
d. 6mm
thickness:
c. 8mm
d. 6mm

d. all of the above

a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy d. 0.50Fu
Steel Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy d. 0.50Fu

a. 123 b. 196 c. 300 d. 92

a. 450 b. 530 c. 600 d. 720
a. 2.0 b. 1.2 c. 0.85 d. 1.6
a. 85 b. 65 c. 50 d. 75

a. 100000 b. 200000 c. 300000 d. 400000

rounded head.
taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6 b. 0.66 c. 0.75 d. 0.45
taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6 b. 0.66 c. 0.75 d. 0.45
a. wL2/12 b. wL2/10 c. wL2/8 d. wL2/20
kg/cu.m.
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______



follows:
Mux = 56x – 4x2 0' < x < 20’
Mux = -0.5x2 + 25x – 200 20’ < x < 30’
material.
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

ε
a.
b.
c.
a. region A
b. region B
c. region C
d. region D
σ
A B C D
G=80000MPa,


a. 265.22 mm b. 128.24 mm c. 162.78 mm d. 190.59 mm
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

+25
A E
the beam. -10
a. 15 KN-m -20
b. 20 KN-m 2m 2.5m 1.5m 2m
c. 25 KN-m
d. 30 KN-m
1000 kN
shown. 40 kN/m
a. 342.72 KN b. 502.73 KN
c. 657.27 KN d. 817.27 KN A B
a. 342.72 KN b. 502.73 KN
RA RB
c. 657.27 KN d. 817.27 KN 4m 4m 4m 6m 4m
that of the steel,
0.6m.
Steel
E=200 GPa
1.0m.
Bronze
A=900 mm2
E=83 GPa

a. 526.32 KN b. 485.77 KN c. 659.34 KN d. 394.19 KN
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

a. 0.25 b. 0.5 c. 1.0 d. 2.0
deformation.
a. Bettis Law
b. Maxwell’s Law

a. fictitious shear
c. fictitious load

a. wL2/8 b. wL3/12 c. wL3/8 d. wL2/12
parallel is..
Timber Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
area.
1
240
w kN/m
250 mm.
4 m.
is not exceeded?
200
20
40
90
100
20
a. 20.573 x 106 b. 30.573 x 106 c. 40.573 x 106 d. 10.573 x 106

Timber Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

L
240
a. 523.19 b. 924.16 c. 384.16 d. 478.431
__________13. A 2"x4"x1' lumber is:

the annual rings?

RC Technology
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

Choices:
u. Brittle v. 75 w. 40 x. 1.4 y. 6
TRUE OR FALSE

Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. 1
/4 Lb
b. 1/12 Lb
c. 8t
d. 6t
As = 4000 mm2 f y 7 00 M P a f ' c 3 0
MPa
Mu 619 KN-m
Ans. 110.73 mm
5. Given: Es = 29, 000 ksi

Solution:
Es
n=
Ec
29,000
n=
6,000
n = 4.833
Ans. n = 4.833

2
Ans. f 'c
3
f’c= 5000 psi
Fy= 50 000 psi
Ans. 398.61 ft-kips

Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. deadman
b. pile
C. curb
d. anchor plate
Answer: A
a. Shrinkage
b. Creep
c. Elasticity
d. Rigidity
Answer: B

a. I,II, III only
b. I, III only
c. I, II, III, IV
d. I, IV
Answer: d
a.under-reinforced
b.over reinforced
c.simply reinforced
d.balanced strain
Answer: D
a. adhesives
b. hydraulic cement
c. aggregates
d. admixtures
Ans. b.
the specific term.
Name: ________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
c. Bitumens
mechanical stress?
a. air entrainment
c. mobility
d. placeability
Ans. C. mobility
porosity.
Ans. True

a. cofferdam
b. earth dam
c. excavation wall
d. retaining wall
a. economy
b. durability
c. density
d. workability
Ans. D
Ans. C
I. STRUCTURAL
a. wL2/2 b. wL2/4 c. wL2/8 d. wL2/10



a. 100N b. zero c. 0.04 MPa d. 200N
hardened solid.

II. NSCP

a. 25mm b. 16mm c. 28mm d. 36mm

a. 50mm b. 75mm c. 100mm d. 150mm
a. 0.70 b. 0.75 c. 0.85 d. 0.90
a. L/20 b. L/24 c. L/10 d. L/28
a. 0.60m b. 0.80m c. 1.50m d. 2.0m
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 200mm d. 250mm
a. 10mm b. 12mm c. 16mm d. 20mm
a. 75mm b. 100mm c. 125mm d. 150mm

a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
a. L/200 b. L/240 c. L/300 d. L/360
a. 30 b. 40 c. 50 d. 60
III. MISCELLANEOUS
a. pedestal
b. pier
c. slender column
d. wall
a. pre-stressing
b. pre-tensioning
c. post-tensioning
d. pre-casting
a. admixture
b. accelerator
c. hydraulic cement
a. wL/2
b. wL2/4
c. 1/2wL2
d. 1/8wL2

a. tie rods
b. piles
c. columns
d. beams

a. Pascal’s Law
b. Law of Gravity
c. Hooke’s Law
a. trusses
b. columns
c. towers
d. beams

a. Dead Loads
b. Seismic loads
c. Live loads
a. 100%
b. Zero
c. Minimum
d. Maximum
a. 100N
b. 100%
c. Zero
d. 100 lbs

a. stress
b. dead load
c. elasticity
d. torque
a. Dead loads
b. Snow loads
c. Varying loads
d. Moving Loads
a. normal stress
c. flexural stress
d. torsional stress

a. welds
b. splices
c. steel bolts
a. Bond
b. Shear
c. Bend
d. Epoxy
a. concrete
d. concrete block
a. Bearing wall
b. Shear wall
c. dike
d. dam
considered:
a. two-way slab
b. flat slab
c. ground slab
d. one-way slab
a. 0.6
b. 0.7
c. 0.8
d. 0.9
designers to use:
a. 0.001
b. 0.002
c. 0.003
d. 0.004
a. 20mm
b. 30mm
c. 40mm
d. 75mm

a. 16mm
b. 20mm
c. 25mm
d. 28mm
natural disaster?
a. weak story
b. soft story
c. story drift
d. multi-story

c. bracing system
d. frame

a. 3mm
b. 5mm
c. 6mm
d. 12mm
a. 20 KNm
b. 40 KNm
c. 60 KNm
d. 80 KNm

a. couple
b. reaction
c. equilibrant
d. moment

a. midspan
a. 36mm c. 32mm

a. 0.10-0.80
b. 0.01-0.08
c. 0.001-0.008
d. 0.0001-0.0008
a. beams
b. spread footings
c. two-way slabs
d. one-way slabs
a. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL + 1.4 EL
b. 1.7 DL + 1.4 LL + 1.7 EL
c. 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL
d. 1.4 DL + 1.7 EL

a. Rigidity
b. Hardness
c. Stress
d. Stiffness
each other.
a. axial stress
b. bearing stress
c. shearing stress
d. flexural stress

a. bearing stress
b. thermal stress
c. allowable stress
d. strain
a. rupture stress
b. thermal stress
c. yield stress
d. creep

a. axial stress
b. bending stress
c. allowable stress
d. working stress

convex is called:

a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 40 mm d.) 50 mm
a.) 20 mm b.) 25 mm c.) 30 mm d.) 40 mm

bonding?
a.) three c.) five
b.) four d.) six
a.) Tension limit
d.) None of these
less than
a.) 50mm b.) 75mm c.) 100mm d.) 125mm
d.) 500mm
a.) 3.0mm c.) 7.5mm
b.) 6.0mm d.) 5.0mm
a.) 200mm b.) 250mm c.) 300mm d.) 400mm
a.) 0.0001 b.) 0.003 c.) 0.002 d.) 0.004
a.)2 b.) 2 1/2 c.) 3 d.)3 ½
a.) 1.5 db b.) 2.0 db c.) 5.0db d.)1.0db
a.) 300mm b.) 400mm c.) 450mm d.) 550mm
concrete?
Piping
quality
PS grade 275
of the material
length of the slot
bundled.


Given: fc* = 21 MPa


a.) 55 mm b.) 60 mm c.) 75 mm d.)85 mm
a.) 8 db b.) 10 db c.) 12 d b d.) 16 db

a.) 20 mm b.) 40 mm
c.) 15 mm d.) 30 mm
called:
called:
a.) Live load
b.) Dead load


diaphragm?
bundled in beams
a.) 40 mm b.) 36 mm c.) 32 mm d.) 28 mm
a.) 300 mm b.)400 mm c.) 500 mm d.) 600 mm
a.) 250mm b.) 50mm
c.)750mm d.)1000mm

b.) Continuous beam
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.) 6000000 mm3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.) 1000000 mm3


is
b.) Continous beam
a.) 2000000 mm3 b.)6000000 mm 3 c.) 4000000 mm3 d.)1000000 mm3
a.) 12 mm b.) 15 mm
c.)20 mm d.) 22 mm
the member
the member.

a.)1700 f'c b.)2700 f'c
c.) 3700 fc d.) 4700 f'c

a.) 4 db b.) 6 db c.) 8 db d.) 10db


a.)100mm b.) 150mm c.) 200mm d.) 250mm
a.) L/16 b.) L/18.50 c.) L/21 d.) L/8
a.)Flexural stress
b.) Punching moment
c.) Punching shear
d.) Single shears
Steel Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
elevators shall be:
a. 50% b. 100% c. 150% d. 200 %
a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300

a. 100 b. 200 c. 250 d. 300
a. 20mm b. 25mm c. 15mm d. 10mm
twisting
c. 8mm
d. 6mm
thickness:
c. 8mm
d. 6mm

d. all of the above

a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy d. 0.50Fu
Steel Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy d. 0.50Fu

a. 123 b. 196 c. 300 d. 92

a. 450 b. 530 c. 600 d. 720
a. 2.0 b. 1.2 c. 0.85 d. 1.6
a. 85 b. 65 c. 50 d. 75

a. 100000 b. 200000 c. 300000 d. 400000

rounded head.
taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6 b. 0.66 c. 0.75 d. 0.45
taken ___ Fy.
a. 0.6 b. 0.66 c. 0.75 d. 0.45
a. wL2/12 b. wL2/10 c. wL2/8 d. wL2/20
kg/cu.m.
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______



follows:
Mux = 56x – 4x2 0' < x < 20’
Mux = -0.5x2 + 25x – 200 20’ < x < 30’
material.
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

ε
a.
b.
c.
a. region A
b. region B
c. region C
d. region D
σ
A B C D
G=80000MPa,


a. 265.22 mm b. 128.24 mm c. 162.78 mm d. 190.59 mm
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

+25
A E
the beam. -10
a. 15 KN-m -20
b. 20 KN-m 2m 2.5m 1.5m 2m
c. 25 KN-m
d. 30 KN-m
1000 kN
shown. 40 kN/m
a. 342.72 KN b. 502.73 KN
c. 657.27 KN d. 817.27 KN A B
a. 342.72 KN b. 502.73 KN
RA RB
c. 657.27 KN d. 817.27 KN 4m 4m 4m 6m 4m
that of the steel,
0.6m.
Steel
E=200 GPa
1.0m.
Bronze
A=900 mm2
E=83 GPa

a. 526.32 KN b. 485.77 KN c. 659.34 KN d. 394.19 KN
Name: _____________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

a. 0.25 b. 0.5 c. 1.0 d. 2.0
deformation.
a. Bettis Law
b. Maxwell’s Law

a. fictitious shear
c. fictitious load

a. wL2/8 b. wL3/12 c. wL3/8 d. wL2/12
parallel is..
Timber Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______
area.
1
240
w kN/m
250 mm.
4 m.
is not exceeded?
200
20
40
90
100
20
a. 20.573 x 106 b. 30.573 x 106 c. 40.573 x 106 d. 10.573 x 106

Timber Design
Name: __________________________________ Date: ___________ Score: ______

L
240
a. 523.19 b. 924.16 c. 384.16 d. 478.431
__________13. A 2"x4"x1' lumber is:

the annual rings?



directed.
a. -48 kN b. 48 kN c. -96 kN
a. -40 kN-m b. 40 kN-m
c. 416,667 mm4 d. 720,000 mm4

a. 120 kN-m b. 135 kN-m
c. 270 kN-m d. 540 kN-m

left most portion.
a. 33.33 kN b. 66.67 kN
c. 90.33 kN d. 133.33 kN

c. B. d. D.
of a beam?
a. 50% b. 100% c. 150% d. 200 %
c. 1.4 d. 1.6
c. 8mm
d. 6mm
a. 20mm b. 75mm
gross area is:
a. 0.60Fu b. 0.40Fy c. 0.60Fy
d. 0.50Fu
d. 2.0Fy
a. {1 – [(kL/r)2 / 2Cc2]} * Fy/FS
d. d. 5/3 + 3(kL/r) / 8Cc – (kL/r)3 / 8Cc3
a. 50 b. 60
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
reinforcing bars.
a. 1/3 b. 1/4
b. c. ¾ d. 1/5
200kN.
b. 300MM d. 400MM
Given:
475mm fc’ = 28 MPa
Fy = 475 MPa
b. 14MM d.10MM
300mm

a. 400.00 kN-m c. 488.889 kN-m
b. 444.444 kN-m d. 734.800 kN-m
b. 20days d. 40days a. 0.0016 b. 0.0033
c. 0.0020 d. 0.0035
N/mm2) is given by c. 0.0227 d. 0.0316
c. 500 N/mm2 d. 550 N/mm2
as c. 2280.0 mm2 d. 3990.00 mm2
a. economy
c. density
1 2 2
3 5 3
called
a. Creep
b. Hydration
c. Shrinkage
d. Curing
a. 0.003 b. 0.002 c. 0.001 d. 0.004
a. Creep
b. Bleeding
c. Workability
d. Segregation
a. Consistency
c. Tensile strength

a. 24 N/m3 b. 24 kN/m3
c. 25 N/m3 d. 25 kN/m3

Ce Exit Ot Compilation 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ce Exit Ot Compilation 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ce Exit Ot Compilation 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

I.

3. Loads that are movable or replaceable on structure are known as:

4. A large beam supporting a smaller beam is called:

5. The modulus of elasticity of structural steel is:

15. What do you call the distance between supports?

2. Bars larger than ____mm shall not be bundles in beams.

3. Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth

12. Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy?

5. Structures that are subjected to transverse loads are called:

6. It states that Stress is proportional to Strain.

8. These are referred to permanent loads or unmovable loads.

11. It is a twisting force that rotates or tends to rotate a shaft.

14. These are used to connect shafts.

22. A number 8(#8 steel reinforcing bar) has a diameter of:

25. A structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame.

26. The minimum size of fillet weld is:

28. Two forces equal in magnitude and oppositely directed is called:

30. It is a point in a beam or column where there is no moment developed.

32. The steel ratio, ρ for spiral columns ranges from

35. It is defined as the unit strength of a material

37. It is the contact pressure developed between two bodies.

39. The actual stress in a material under a given loading.

40. It is the maximum safe stress that a material can withstand.

4. Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done

7. Which statement is false?

29. A structural member spanning from truss or supporting rafters:

31.A wall that holds back on earth embankment

35. A kind of roof that has four sloping sides

36. Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion.

39. Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of

44. The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting is called:

46. How is camber treated in a steel truss 25 meters longer?

52. A kind of roof that has four sloping sides

57. In formula e=PL/AE,E stands for

59. Ratio of unit strain is:

70. A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called:

73. One-way concrete slab are used when:

79. A joint where two successive placement of concrete meet is called:

81. It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress:

3. Loads that are movable or replaceable on structure are known as:

4. A large beam supporting a smaller beam is called:

5. The modulus of elasticity of structural steel is:

15. What do you call the distance between supports?

2. Bars larger than ____mm shall not be bundles in beams.

3. Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth

12. Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy?

5. Structures that are subjected to transverse loads are called:

6. It states that Stress is proportional to Strain.

8. These are referred to permanent loads or unmovable loads.

11. It is a twisting force that rotates or tends to rotate a shaft.

14. These are used to connect shafts.

22. A number 8(#8 steel reinforcing bar) has a diameter of:

25. A structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame.

26. The minimum size of fillet weld is:

28. Two forces equal in magnitude and oppositely directed is called:

30. It is a point in a beam or column where there is no moment developed.

32. The steel ratio, ρ for spiral columns ranges from

35. It is defined as the unit strength of a material

37. It is the contact pressure developed between two bodies.

39. The actual stress in a material under a given loading.

_16. A Wide-Flange Section W21x83 weighs kg/m.

___17. A Wide-Flange Section W21x83 has an overall depth of approximately_millimeters.